Missouri State Standards for Arts Education:

Currently Perma-Bound only has suggested titles for grades K-8 in the Science and Social Studies areas. We are working on expanding this.

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the three types of dance in human history: ritual dance, social dance, and theatrical dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Name at least one major American choreographer and identify the time period and dance style of that choreographer (1.9) (FA 5)

I.A.1.b. Recognize local dance artists and identify their dance styles (1.2) (FA 5)

I.A.2. Know dance in a particular time period in the United States (for example, in colonial America, why and in what settings did people dance? What did the dances look like?). (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Correctly identify costumes and other decor from various historical periods in America by style and approximate time period (e.g., ballet, ragtime, modern dance) (1.6) (FA 5)

I.A.3. Know names and rhythmic patterns of various folk dances from different cultures. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Perform folk dances from various cultures with competence and confidence (2.5)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know the following terms: audience, criticism, technique, and the elements of dance. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Observe two dances and discuss how they are similar and different in terms of one of the elements of dance, e. g., accurately describe the use of space in the dances, including body shapes, levels, and pathways (1.2)

I.B.1.b. Demonstrate appropriate audience behavior in watching dance performances and discuss their opinions about dances with their peers in a supportive and constructive way (2.3) (FA 4)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of other art forms that support or collaborate with dance. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Describe the music, dance, sets, costumes and theatrical effects in at least one dance production and discuss the interdependence of the related art forms (2.1)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know that dance is different from other forms of human movement (such as sports and everyday gestures). (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Present original dances to peers and discuss their meanings with competence and confidence (2.1)

I.C.2. Recognize aesthetic or intuitive choices made by themselves, their peers and professional choreographers in creating dance works.

I.C.2.a. Take an active role in a class discussion about interpretations of and reactions to a dance (1.5) (FA 3)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the terms and tools that make up the basic language of choreographers, such as choreography, improvisation, mirroring, leading and following, and basic stage directions. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Attentively observe and accurately describe the action (such as skip, gallop) and movement elements (such as level, directions) in a brief movement study (2.1)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (1.6) (FA 2)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of technique classes: personal space, energy, balance action, elevation, levels, locomotor, and nonlocomotor movement. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately demonstrate nonlocomotor/axial movements such as bend, twist, stretch, swing (1.6)

I.D.2.b. Create shapes at low, middle, and high levels (2.5)

I.D.2.c. Demonstrate the ability to define and maintain personal space (1.6)

I.D.3. Know healthy practices (such as nutrition and good safety habits) enhance their ability to dance. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Demonstrate correct hygiene and care and wear of dance clothing (1.10) (FA 1)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know some musical works and artists that are representative of classical and popular styles, world cultures, various time periods (for example, the 'Messiah', 18th century; Stephen Foster, 'Oh Susanna', 19th century; Ravi Shankar, Indian sitar player, 20th century). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Group a selection of aural examples of music into broad categories such as classical or popular, Western or non-Western, and contemporary or historical (1.9; 2.4) (FA 5)

II.A.2. Know a variety of songs from the United States and other nations. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Recognize a selected sampling of patriotic and folk songs that are representative of Missouri, the United States, and other countries such as, the 'Missouri Waltz', 'America the Beautiful', 'Oh Canada', and 'La Cucaracha' (1.5) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know that music serves a variety of functions. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how music can function for different purposes such as sacred or secular, work songs, folk songs, art music, or popular music (2.4; 3.5) (FA5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that music consists of several elements (e.g., timbre, harmony, melody, rhythm, form, instrumentation). (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Demonstrate that these components are essential in describing and understanding music (1.9) (FA 3)

II.B.1.b. Demonstrate that body movement can be used to reflect and enhance the effect of selected musical components (2.5)

II.B.2. Know that melody can be described with reference to its placement (high/low) and its movement (direction, conjunctness), that tempo can be perceived as consistent or changing, fast or slow, and that instruments and voices can be combined to create different textures and timbres and harmonic combinations. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify salient characteristics of melody when presented aurally and visually (e.g., high/low, melodic direction) (1.6)

II.B.3. Know that music elements have different levels of importance and complexity in various types of music, that similarly, listener responses as audience members may vary in different settings. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Describe the elements of audience etiquette for various settings (4.3)

II.B.4. Know that the size of traditional acoustic instruments, often determines the pitch range. (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Select from like instrument families (e.g., violin, viola, cello, and double bass or soprano, alto, tenor, and baritone saxophone) the instruments which would have high, medium, or low ranges (1.2)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that an aesthetic response to a piece of music consists of an immediate emotional reaction and an intellectual one based on the student's knowledge of expressive musical elements such as harmony, traditional instrumentation, and intonation. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Identify musical elements used for expression in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

II.C.2. Know that the elements of music can also be altered when performing to create a heightened aesthetic effect. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Manipulate expressive qualities of music in various performances and compositional settings (2.5)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that musical sound is dependent on the accurate reproduction of pitch and rhythm. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing independently on pitch and in rhythm simple rounds, partner songs, ostinato patterns, descants, and 2-part songs learned by rote (1.6; 2.1; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.1.b. Echo short rhythms and melodic patterns using a variety of sounds such as body percussion, rhythm instruments, and voice (1.5; 1.6; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.2. Know that music is expressed in standard notation symbols and traditional terminology referring to dynamics, articulation, and tempo. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing simple melodies using a system such as syllables, numbers, or letters to read pitch notation in the treble clef in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.b. Read simple rhythms from rhythm syllables and/ or standard notation and play or sing with a steady beat (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.c. Use graphic notation and/or standard symbols to notate meter, pitch, rhythm, and dynamics in simple patterns (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that manipulating pitch, rhythm, dynamics, and tempo affects the creation and interpretation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Create simple melodies as a response ('answer') to a musical question using variations in dynamics and tempo in the interpretation (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.3.b. Improvise simple rhythmic variations and simple melodic embellishments on familiar melodies (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to find information to support classroom dramatizations. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Identify and compare similar characters and situations in stories and dramas from and about various cultures, illustrate with classroom dramatizations and discuss how theatre reflects life (1.2) (FA 4)

III.A.1.b. Communicate information to peers about people, events, time and place related to classroom dramatizations (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to identify and compare various settings and reasons for creating dramas and attending theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by recognizing the role of fine arts in daily life as a performer/ observer/ practitioner (1.10) (FA 4)

III.A.3. Know how to document social, cultural and historical implications relating to dramatic productions. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Apply relevance, implications and consequences of theatre to its social, cultural and historical context (2.4) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements in theatre, dramatic media, dance, music and visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Describe various elements in dramatical presentations (3.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how nondramatic art forms are used to express ideas and emotions in theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Convey personal reactions to several art forms (2.1) (FA 3)

III.B.3. Know how ideas and emotions are expressed in theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Compare and connect art forms by describing theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms (2.7) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know a few preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Select movement, music or visual elements to enhance the mood of a classroom dramatization (2.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know the visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements of classroom dramatizations and dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Analyze classroom dramatizations and, using appropriate terminology, constructively suggest alternative ideas for dramatizing roles, arranging environments, and developing situations (3.2) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.1.b. Improve the collaborative processes of planning, playing, responding and evaluating (3.6) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.2. Know how the wants and needs of characters are similar to and different from their own. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Articulate emotional responses to and explain personal preferences about the whole as well as parts of dramatic performances (2.4) (FA 3)

III.C.2.b. Explain personal preferences and construct meaning from classroom dramatizations and other presentations (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know assigned roles and interact in improvisations. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Plan and record improvisations based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know how to arrange environments for classroom dramatizations. (FA1)

III.D.2.a. Visualize environments and construct designs to communicate locale and mood using visual elements (such as space, color, line, shape, texture) and aural aspects from a variety of sound sources (2.6; 2.7; 3.1) (FA 2)

III.D.3. Know the elements used to create an environment appropriate for drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Select interrelated characters, environments and situations for classroom dramatizations (2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know technical requirements for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Improvise dialogue to tell stories and write or record the dialogue (2.6; 2.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Determine how to improve presentations through use of technical aspects (2.7; 3.7; 3.8) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.5. Know the playing spaces for classroom dramatizations. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Collaboratively plan and rehearse improvisations and demonstrate various ways of staging classroom dramatizations (2.1) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.6. Know and safely organize available materials that suggest scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Direct classroom dramatizations (3.1; 3.2) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.7. Know characters, their relationships and their environments. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Present personal selections (2.4) (FA 1)

III.D.7.b. Use variations of locomotor and nonlocomotor movement and vocal pitch, tempo and tone for different characters (2.1; 2.6) (FA 2)

III.D.8. Know that many careers are available in dramatic arts. (FA 1)

III.D.8.a. Categorize various opportunities in the theatrical field (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from selected cultures and artists. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Identify and name the symbols, subject matter, and themes found in works of art (1.1; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.5; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.b. Use Missouri, the United States and selected regions of the world art history resources to observe and respond to works of art that develops a sense of appreciation for the artist's products and culture (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.c. Recognize selected major artists, movements, and styles found in representative works in art history (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.2. Know how artists are influenced by objects and events that develop in historical progression. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Demonstrate an understanding that art is related to the artist's life and their culture (geographic, economic, political) (1.9; 1.10; 2.3; 2.4; 3.8) (FA 5)

IV.A.2.b. Discuss and name styles and artists that influenced selected artists or art movements (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.2; 3.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know that many cultures contributed to the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Explain the contributions of artists who were born and reared in another country, but who had significant impact on art in the United States (1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 3.5; 4.3) (FA 5)

IV.A.3.b. Recognize the contributions of local or regional Artists who use traditional or contemporary themes, materials, or techniques (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 1.10)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know how to look at art in order to better understand it. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Look at works of art and artifacts close-up and discuss different points of view (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.6) FA2)

IV.B.1.b. Interact with works of art and discuss and listen to artistic presentations in order to understand the work better (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7; 4.6) (FA 2)

IV.B.2. Know how to analyze works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify subjects used in works of art (1.6; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Identify shapes, colors, and lines in works of art (1.6; 2.4) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.c. Find similarities in works of art (2.3; 2.4; 2.7)

IV.B.2.d. Describe feelings in response to looking at artworks (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 2.7; 3.3)

IV.B.3. Know why it's important to value what has been created by self and others. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Develop a positive feeling for what has been created by self and others by discussing artworks (1.5; 1.6; 1.7; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.3.b. Understand that works of art can represent different ideas and images (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.4. Know a vocabulary with which to discuss works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Discuss art using appropriate vocabulary. (1.4; 1.5; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3)

IV.B.4.b. Write and discuss an artwork, or an art experience. (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.3; 4.1)

IV.B.5. Know the value of differences in individual expressions. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Respect and cultivate individual expressions in their works of art (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.2; 3.3)

IV.B.5.b. Identify and discuss particular artistic qualities (e.g., colors, space, composition) that are indicative of a certain artistic style (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 3)

IV.B.5.c. Value functional and nonfunctional art objects that are handmade which convey ideas or feelings (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know that preferences in art vary. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Compare preferences from different cultures (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 5)

IV.C.1.b. Use art vocabulary to discuss reasons for preferences about artworks (1.10; 3.6)

IV.C.1.c. Begin to develop understanding for varying responses to art by one's self and others (1.6; 2.2; 2.4; 2.7; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.1.d. Encourage constructive comments about works of art (1.9; 2.4; 3.1; 3.2; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.1.e. Examine other students' reasons for preferences (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.3; 3.4; 4.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.2. Know that aesthetic experiences are internal, personal responses. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Develop appreciation for art that represents a variety of images and ideas (1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

IV.C.2.b. View works of art and discuss parallel life experiences (1.10; 2.3; 4.8)

IV.C.2.c. Discuss why one creates art (1.9; 2.4; 2.6; 2.7; 4.8)

IV.C.3. Know how to perceive and respond to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Understand that there are many kinds of art, two- and three-dimensional, natural, or human made, functional, nonfunctional, realistic, nonobjective, and abstract (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.3.b. Develop, judge, and communicate personal decisions about artworks (1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 2.5; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6)

IV.C.3.c. Respond to aesthetic decisions of others (2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.4. Know how to reflect on the perceptions and responses of others to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate increased ability to observe and respond to works of art from a variety of perspectives (2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 3.7)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades K-4, students experiment enthusiastically with art materials and investigate the ideas presented to them through visual arts instruction. Students learn to work with various tools, processes, and media. Primary students develop and expand visual arts knowledge and skills in order to express their ideas creatively.

IV.D.1. Know that artists create art with a variety of two- and three-dimensional media. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Name the media used to create selected works of art (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Use a variety of drawing instruments, painting tools, printmaking materials, clay forming techniques to demonstrate a variety of artistic techniques (2.3; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.2. Know and use the elements of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Identify and use varieties of line, shape, and color in works of art (1.6; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.b. Identify and use geometric and organic shapes (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.c. Identify names of the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors and use them in their work (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.3. Know and use the principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify and use repeated lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (repetition) (1.6; 2.4; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.3.b. Identify and use a variety of lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (variety) (1.6; 2.4; 2.5)

IV.D.4. Know how to demonstrate self-expression and satisfaction. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Present and discuss successful artistic efforts (1.6; 1.7; 2.4; 2.5; 3.8; 4.8) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Identify and exhibit improvements and artistic growth and express a sense of pride (2.1; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.5. Know how to take care of their materials and equipment. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Demonstrate proper use, care, and storage of tools, materials, and equipment (3.8; 4.7) (FA 1)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward art materials and projects that belong to you or other students (1.5; 2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

IV.D.6. Know that direct observation is a source for ideas. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Observe details and edges or outlines of objects 'total picture' (2.1; 2.4)

IV.D.6.b. Observe that light and shade create the illusion of form (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1)

IV.D.6.c. Use view-finder techniques to focus on subject matter (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.d. Distinguish between positive and negative space in their classroom (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.e. Practice points of view: birds' eye perspective, worms' eye perspective, etc. (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.7. Know that art is present in many parts of our community. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Recognize that there are various opportunities in art related careers (4.8)

IV.D.7.b. Develop a sense of appreciation for the craft tradition and the role of involving community artists who enrich learning (1.6; 1.9; 1.10; 2.4)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the three types of dance in human history: ritual dance, social dance, and theatrical dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Name at least one major American choreographer and identify the time period and dance style of that choreographer (1.9) (FA 5)

I.A.1.b. Recognize local dance artists and identify their dance styles (1.2) (FA 5)

I.A.2. Know dance in a particular time period in the United States (for example, in colonial America, why and in what settings did people dance? What did the dances look like?). (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Correctly identify costumes and other decor from various historical periods in America by style and approximate time period (e.g., ballet, ragtime, modern dance) (1.6) (FA 5)

I.A.3. Know names and rhythmic patterns of various folk dances from different cultures. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Perform folk dances from various cultures with competence and confidence (2.5)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know the following terms: audience, criticism, technique, and the elements of dance. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Observe two dances and discuss how they are similar and different in terms of one of the elements of dance, e. g., accurately describe the use of space in the dances, including body shapes, levels, and pathways (1.2)

I.B.1.b. Demonstrate appropriate audience behavior in watching dance performances and discuss their opinions about dances with their peers in a supportive and constructive way (2.3) (FA 4)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of other art forms that support or collaborate with dance. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Describe the music, dance, sets, costumes and theatrical effects in at least one dance production and discuss the interdependence of the related art forms (2.1)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know that dance is different from other forms of human movement (such as sports and everyday gestures). (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Present original dances to peers and discuss their meanings with competence and confidence (2.1)

I.C.2. Recognize aesthetic or intuitive choices made by themselves, their peers and professional choreographers in creating dance works.

I.C.2.a. Take an active role in a class discussion about interpretations of and reactions to a dance (1.5) (FA 3)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the terms and tools that make up the basic language of choreographers, such as choreography, improvisation, mirroring, leading and following, and basic stage directions. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Attentively observe and accurately describe the action (such as skip, gallop) and movement elements (such as level, directions) in a brief movement study (2.1)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (1.6) (FA 2)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of technique classes: personal space, energy, balance action, elevation, levels, locomotor, and nonlocomotor movement. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately demonstrate nonlocomotor/axial movements such as bend, twist, stretch, swing (1.6)

I.D.2.b. Create shapes at low, middle, and high levels (2.5)

I.D.2.c. Demonstrate the ability to define and maintain personal space (1.6)

I.D.3. Know healthy practices (such as nutrition and good safety habits) enhance their ability to dance. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Demonstrate correct hygiene and care and wear of dance clothing (1.10) (FA 1)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know some musical works and artists that are representative of classical and popular styles, world cultures, various time periods (for example, the 'Messiah', 18th century; Stephen Foster, 'Oh Susanna', 19th century; Ravi Shankar, Indian sitar player, 20th century). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Group a selection of aural examples of music into broad categories such as classical or popular, Western or non-Western, and contemporary or historical (1.9; 2.4) (FA 5)

II.A.2. Know a variety of songs from the United States and other nations. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Recognize a selected sampling of patriotic and folk songs that are representative of Missouri, the United States, and other countries such as, the 'Missouri Waltz', 'America the Beautiful', 'Oh Canada', and 'La Cucaracha' (1.5) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know that music serves a variety of functions. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how music can function for different purposes such as sacred or secular, work songs, folk songs, art music, or popular music (2.4; 3.5) (FA5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that music consists of several elements (e.g., timbre, harmony, melody, rhythm, form, instrumentation). (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Demonstrate that these components are essential in describing and understanding music (1.9) (FA 3)

II.B.1.b. Demonstrate that body movement can be used to reflect and enhance the effect of selected musical components (2.5)

II.B.2. Know that melody can be described with reference to its placement (high/low) and its movement (direction, conjunctness), that tempo can be perceived as consistent or changing, fast or slow, and that instruments and voices can be combined to create different textures and timbres and harmonic combinations. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify salient characteristics of melody when presented aurally and visually (e.g., high/low, melodic direction) (1.6)

II.B.3. Know that music elements have different levels of importance and complexity in various types of music, that similarly, listener responses as audience members may vary in different settings. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Describe the elements of audience etiquette for various settings (4.3)

II.B.4. Know that the size of traditional acoustic instruments, often determines the pitch range. (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Select from like instrument families (e.g., violin, viola, cello, and double bass or soprano, alto, tenor, and baritone saxophone) the instruments which would have high, medium, or low ranges (1.2)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that an aesthetic response to a piece of music consists of an immediate emotional reaction and an intellectual one based on the student's knowledge of expressive musical elements such as harmony, traditional instrumentation, and intonation. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Identify musical elements used for expression in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

II.C.2. Know that the elements of music can also be altered when performing to create a heightened aesthetic effect. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Manipulate expressive qualities of music in various performances and compositional settings (2.5)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that musical sound is dependent on the accurate reproduction of pitch and rhythm. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing independently on pitch and in rhythm simple rounds, partner songs, ostinato patterns, descants, and 2-part songs learned by rote (1.6; 2.1; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.1.b. Echo short rhythms and melodic patterns using a variety of sounds such as body percussion, rhythm instruments, and voice (1.5; 1.6; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.2. Know that music is expressed in standard notation symbols and traditional terminology referring to dynamics, articulation, and tempo. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing simple melodies using a system such as syllables, numbers, or letters to read pitch notation in the treble clef in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.b. Read simple rhythms from rhythm syllables and/ or standard notation and play or sing with a steady beat (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.c. Use graphic notation and/or standard symbols to notate meter, pitch, rhythm, and dynamics in simple patterns (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that manipulating pitch, rhythm, dynamics, and tempo affects the creation and interpretation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Create simple melodies as a response ('answer') to a musical question using variations in dynamics and tempo in the interpretation (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.3.b. Improvise simple rhythmic variations and simple melodic embellishments on familiar melodies (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to find information to support classroom dramatizations. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Identify and compare similar characters and situations in stories and dramas from and about various cultures, illustrate with classroom dramatizations and discuss how theatre reflects life (1.2) (FA 4)

III.A.1.b. Communicate information to peers about people, events, time and place related to classroom dramatizations (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to identify and compare various settings and reasons for creating dramas and attending theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by recognizing the role of fine arts in daily life as a performer/ observer/ practitioner (1.10) (FA 4)

III.A.3. Know how to document social, cultural and historical implications relating to dramatic productions. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Apply relevance, implications and consequences of theatre to its social, cultural and historical context (2.4) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements in theatre, dramatic media, dance, music and visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Describe various elements in dramatical presentations (3.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how nondramatic art forms are used to express ideas and emotions in theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Convey personal reactions to several art forms (2.1) (FA 3)

III.B.3. Know how ideas and emotions are expressed in theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Compare and connect art forms by describing theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms (2.7) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know a few preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Select movement, music or visual elements to enhance the mood of a classroom dramatization (2.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know the visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements of classroom dramatizations and dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Analyze classroom dramatizations and, using appropriate terminology, constructively suggest alternative ideas for dramatizing roles, arranging environments, and developing situations (3.2) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.1.b. Improve the collaborative processes of planning, playing, responding and evaluating (3.6) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.2. Know how the wants and needs of characters are similar to and different from their own. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Articulate emotional responses to and explain personal preferences about the whole as well as parts of dramatic performances (2.4) (FA 3)

III.C.2.b. Explain personal preferences and construct meaning from classroom dramatizations and other presentations (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know assigned roles and interact in improvisations. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Plan and record improvisations based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know how to arrange environments for classroom dramatizations. (FA1)

III.D.2.a. Visualize environments and construct designs to communicate locale and mood using visual elements (such as space, color, line, shape, texture) and aural aspects from a variety of sound sources (2.6; 2.7; 3.1) (FA 2)

III.D.3. Know the elements used to create an environment appropriate for drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Select interrelated characters, environments and situations for classroom dramatizations (2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know technical requirements for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Improvise dialogue to tell stories and write or record the dialogue (2.6; 2.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Determine how to improve presentations through use of technical aspects (2.7; 3.7; 3.8) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.5. Know the playing spaces for classroom dramatizations. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Collaboratively plan and rehearse improvisations and demonstrate various ways of staging classroom dramatizations (2.1) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.6. Know and safely organize available materials that suggest scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Direct classroom dramatizations (3.1; 3.2) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.7. Know characters, their relationships and their environments. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Present personal selections (2.4) (FA 1)

III.D.7.b. Use variations of locomotor and nonlocomotor movement and vocal pitch, tempo and tone for different characters (2.1; 2.6) (FA 2)

III.D.8. Know that many careers are available in dramatic arts. (FA 1)

III.D.8.a. Categorize various opportunities in the theatrical field (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from selected cultures and artists. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Identify and name the symbols, subject matter, and themes found in works of art (1.1; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.5; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.b. Use Missouri, the United States and selected regions of the world art history resources to observe and respond to works of art that develops a sense of appreciation for the artist's products and culture (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.c. Recognize selected major artists, movements, and styles found in representative works in art history (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.2. Know how artists are influenced by objects and events that develop in historical progression. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Demonstrate an understanding that art is related to the artist's life and their culture (geographic, economic, political) (1.9; 1.10; 2.3; 2.4; 3.8) (FA 5)

IV.A.2.b. Discuss and name styles and artists that influenced selected artists or art movements (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.2; 3.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know that many cultures contributed to the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Explain the contributions of artists who were born and reared in another country, but who had significant impact on art in the United States (1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 3.5; 4.3) (FA 5)

IV.A.3.b. Recognize the contributions of local or regional Artists who use traditional or contemporary themes, materials, or techniques (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 1.10)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know how to look at art in order to better understand it. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Look at works of art and artifacts close-up and discuss different points of view (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.6) FA2)

IV.B.1.b. Interact with works of art and discuss and listen to artistic presentations in order to understand the work better (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7; 4.6) (FA 2)

IV.B.2. Know how to analyze works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify subjects used in works of art (1.6; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Identify shapes, colors, and lines in works of art (1.6; 2.4) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.c. Find similarities in works of art (2.3; 2.4; 2.7)

IV.B.2.d. Describe feelings in response to looking at artworks (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 2.7; 3.3)

IV.B.3. Know why it's important to value what has been created by self and others. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Develop a positive feeling for what has been created by self and others by discussing artworks (1.5; 1.6; 1.7; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.3.b. Understand that works of art can represent different ideas and images (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.4. Know a vocabulary with which to discuss works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Discuss art using appropriate vocabulary. (1.4; 1.5; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3)

IV.B.4.b. Write and discuss an artwork, or an art experience. (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.3; 4.1)

IV.B.5. Know the value of differences in individual expressions. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Respect and cultivate individual expressions in their works of art (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.2; 3.3)

IV.B.5.b. Identify and discuss particular artistic qualities (e.g., colors, space, composition) that are indicative of a certain artistic style (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 3)

IV.B.5.c. Value functional and nonfunctional art objects that are handmade which convey ideas or feelings (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know that preferences in art vary. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Compare preferences from different cultures (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 5)

IV.C.1.b. Use art vocabulary to discuss reasons for preferences about artworks (1.10; 3.6)

IV.C.1.c. Begin to develop understanding for varying responses to art by one's self and others (1.6; 2.2; 2.4; 2.7; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.1.d. Encourage constructive comments about works of art (1.9; 2.4; 3.1; 3.2; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.1.e. Examine other students' reasons for preferences (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.3; 3.4; 4.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.2. Know that aesthetic experiences are internal, personal responses. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Develop appreciation for art that represents a variety of images and ideas (1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

IV.C.2.b. View works of art and discuss parallel life experiences (1.10; 2.3; 4.8)

IV.C.2.c. Discuss why one creates art (1.9; 2.4; 2.6; 2.7; 4.8)

IV.C.3. Know how to perceive and respond to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Understand that there are many kinds of art, two- and three-dimensional, natural, or human made, functional, nonfunctional, realistic, nonobjective, and abstract (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.3.b. Develop, judge, and communicate personal decisions about artworks (1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 2.5; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6)

IV.C.3.c. Respond to aesthetic decisions of others (2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.4. Know how to reflect on the perceptions and responses of others to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate increased ability to observe and respond to works of art from a variety of perspectives (2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 3.7)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades K-4, students experiment enthusiastically with art materials and investigate the ideas presented to them through visual arts instruction. Students learn to work with various tools, processes, and media. Primary students develop and expand visual arts knowledge and skills in order to express their ideas creatively.

IV.D.1. Know that artists create art with a variety of two- and three-dimensional media. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Name the media used to create selected works of art (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Use a variety of drawing instruments, painting tools, printmaking materials, clay forming techniques to demonstrate a variety of artistic techniques (2.3; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.2. Know and use the elements of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Identify and use varieties of line, shape, and color in works of art (1.6; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.b. Identify and use geometric and organic shapes (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.c. Identify names of the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors and use them in their work (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.3. Know and use the principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify and use repeated lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (repetition) (1.6; 2.4; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.3.b. Identify and use a variety of lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (variety) (1.6; 2.4; 2.5)

IV.D.4. Know how to demonstrate self-expression and satisfaction. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Present and discuss successful artistic efforts (1.6; 1.7; 2.4; 2.5; 3.8; 4.8) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Identify and exhibit improvements and artistic growth and express a sense of pride (2.1; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.5. Know how to take care of their materials and equipment. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Demonstrate proper use, care, and storage of tools, materials, and equipment (3.8; 4.7) (FA 1)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward art materials and projects that belong to you or other students (1.5; 2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

IV.D.6. Know that direct observation is a source for ideas. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Observe details and edges or outlines of objects 'total picture' (2.1; 2.4)

IV.D.6.b. Observe that light and shade create the illusion of form (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1)

IV.D.6.c. Use view-finder techniques to focus on subject matter (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.d. Distinguish between positive and negative space in their classroom (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.e. Practice points of view: birds' eye perspective, worms' eye perspective, etc. (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.7. Know that art is present in many parts of our community. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Recognize that there are various opportunities in art related careers (4.8)

IV.D.7.b. Develop a sense of appreciation for the craft tradition and the role of involving community artists who enrich learning (1.6; 1.9; 1.10; 2.4)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the three types of dance in human history: ritual dance, social dance, and theatrical dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Name at least one major American choreographer and identify the time period and dance style of that choreographer (1.9) (FA 5)

I.A.1.b. Recognize local dance artists and identify their dance styles (1.2) (FA 5)

I.A.2. Know dance in a particular time period in the United States (for example, in colonial America, why and in what settings did people dance? What did the dances look like?). (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Correctly identify costumes and other decor from various historical periods in America by style and approximate time period (e.g., ballet, ragtime, modern dance) (1.6) (FA 5)

I.A.3. Know names and rhythmic patterns of various folk dances from different cultures. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Perform folk dances from various cultures with competence and confidence (2.5)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know the following terms: audience, criticism, technique, and the elements of dance. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Observe two dances and discuss how they are similar and different in terms of one of the elements of dance, e. g., accurately describe the use of space in the dances, including body shapes, levels, and pathways (1.2)

I.B.1.b. Demonstrate appropriate audience behavior in watching dance performances and discuss their opinions about dances with their peers in a supportive and constructive way (2.3) (FA 4)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of other art forms that support or collaborate with dance. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Describe the music, dance, sets, costumes and theatrical effects in at least one dance production and discuss the interdependence of the related art forms (2.1)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know that dance is different from other forms of human movement (such as sports and everyday gestures). (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Present original dances to peers and discuss their meanings with competence and confidence (2.1)

I.C.2. Recognize aesthetic or intuitive choices made by themselves, their peers and professional choreographers in creating dance works.

I.C.2.a. Take an active role in a class discussion about interpretations of and reactions to a dance (1.5) (FA 3)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the terms and tools that make up the basic language of choreographers, such as choreography, improvisation, mirroring, leading and following, and basic stage directions. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Attentively observe and accurately describe the action (such as skip, gallop) and movement elements (such as level, directions) in a brief movement study (2.1)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (1.6) (FA 2)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of technique classes: personal space, energy, balance action, elevation, levels, locomotor, and nonlocomotor movement. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately demonstrate nonlocomotor/axial movements such as bend, twist, stretch, swing (1.6)

I.D.2.b. Create shapes at low, middle, and high levels (2.5)

I.D.2.c. Demonstrate the ability to define and maintain personal space (1.6)

I.D.3. Know healthy practices (such as nutrition and good safety habits) enhance their ability to dance. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Demonstrate correct hygiene and care and wear of dance clothing (1.10) (FA 1)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know some musical works and artists that are representative of classical and popular styles, world cultures, various time periods (for example, the 'Messiah', 18th century; Stephen Foster, 'Oh Susanna', 19th century; Ravi Shankar, Indian sitar player, 20th century). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Group a selection of aural examples of music into broad categories such as classical or popular, Western or non-Western, and contemporary or historical (1.9; 2.4) (FA 5)

II.A.2. Know a variety of songs from the United States and other nations. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Recognize a selected sampling of patriotic and folk songs that are representative of Missouri, the United States, and other countries such as, the 'Missouri Waltz', 'America the Beautiful', 'Oh Canada', and 'La Cucaracha' (1.5) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know that music serves a variety of functions. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how music can function for different purposes such as sacred or secular, work songs, folk songs, art music, or popular music (2.4; 3.5) (FA5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that music consists of several elements (e.g., timbre, harmony, melody, rhythm, form, instrumentation). (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Demonstrate that these components are essential in describing and understanding music (1.9) (FA 3)

II.B.1.b. Demonstrate that body movement can be used to reflect and enhance the effect of selected musical components (2.5)

II.B.2. Know that melody can be described with reference to its placement (high/low) and its movement (direction, conjunctness), that tempo can be perceived as consistent or changing, fast or slow, and that instruments and voices can be combined to create different textures and timbres and harmonic combinations. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify salient characteristics of melody when presented aurally and visually (e.g., high/low, melodic direction) (1.6)

II.B.3. Know that music elements have different levels of importance and complexity in various types of music, that similarly, listener responses as audience members may vary in different settings. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Describe the elements of audience etiquette for various settings (4.3)

II.B.4. Know that the size of traditional acoustic instruments, often determines the pitch range. (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Select from like instrument families (e.g., violin, viola, cello, and double bass or soprano, alto, tenor, and baritone saxophone) the instruments which would have high, medium, or low ranges (1.2)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that an aesthetic response to a piece of music consists of an immediate emotional reaction and an intellectual one based on the student's knowledge of expressive musical elements such as harmony, traditional instrumentation, and intonation. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Identify musical elements used for expression in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

II.C.2. Know that the elements of music can also be altered when performing to create a heightened aesthetic effect. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Manipulate expressive qualities of music in various performances and compositional settings (2.5)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that musical sound is dependent on the accurate reproduction of pitch and rhythm. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing independently on pitch and in rhythm simple rounds, partner songs, ostinato patterns, descants, and 2-part songs learned by rote (1.6; 2.1; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.1.b. Echo short rhythms and melodic patterns using a variety of sounds such as body percussion, rhythm instruments, and voice (1.5; 1.6; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.2. Know that music is expressed in standard notation symbols and traditional terminology referring to dynamics, articulation, and tempo. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing simple melodies using a system such as syllables, numbers, or letters to read pitch notation in the treble clef in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.b. Read simple rhythms from rhythm syllables and/ or standard notation and play or sing with a steady beat (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.c. Use graphic notation and/or standard symbols to notate meter, pitch, rhythm, and dynamics in simple patterns (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that manipulating pitch, rhythm, dynamics, and tempo affects the creation and interpretation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Create simple melodies as a response ('answer') to a musical question using variations in dynamics and tempo in the interpretation (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.3.b. Improvise simple rhythmic variations and simple melodic embellishments on familiar melodies (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to find information to support classroom dramatizations. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Identify and compare similar characters and situations in stories and dramas from and about various cultures, illustrate with classroom dramatizations and discuss how theatre reflects life (1.2) (FA 4)

III.A.1.b. Communicate information to peers about people, events, time and place related to classroom dramatizations (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to identify and compare various settings and reasons for creating dramas and attending theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by recognizing the role of fine arts in daily life as a performer/ observer/ practitioner (1.10) (FA 4)

III.A.3. Know how to document social, cultural and historical implications relating to dramatic productions. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Apply relevance, implications and consequences of theatre to its social, cultural and historical context (2.4) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements in theatre, dramatic media, dance, music and visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Describe various elements in dramatical presentations (3.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how nondramatic art forms are used to express ideas and emotions in theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Convey personal reactions to several art forms (2.1) (FA 3)

III.B.3. Know how ideas and emotions are expressed in theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Compare and connect art forms by describing theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms (2.7) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know a few preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Select movement, music or visual elements to enhance the mood of a classroom dramatization (2.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know the visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements of classroom dramatizations and dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Analyze classroom dramatizations and, using appropriate terminology, constructively suggest alternative ideas for dramatizing roles, arranging environments, and developing situations (3.2) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.1.b. Improve the collaborative processes of planning, playing, responding and evaluating (3.6) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.2. Know how the wants and needs of characters are similar to and different from their own. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Articulate emotional responses to and explain personal preferences about the whole as well as parts of dramatic performances (2.4) (FA 3)

III.C.2.b. Explain personal preferences and construct meaning from classroom dramatizations and other presentations (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know assigned roles and interact in improvisations. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Plan and record improvisations based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know how to arrange environments for classroom dramatizations. (FA1)

III.D.2.a. Visualize environments and construct designs to communicate locale and mood using visual elements (such as space, color, line, shape, texture) and aural aspects from a variety of sound sources (2.6; 2.7; 3.1) (FA 2)

III.D.3. Know the elements used to create an environment appropriate for drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Select interrelated characters, environments and situations for classroom dramatizations (2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know technical requirements for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Improvise dialogue to tell stories and write or record the dialogue (2.6; 2.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Determine how to improve presentations through use of technical aspects (2.7; 3.7; 3.8) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.5. Know the playing spaces for classroom dramatizations. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Collaboratively plan and rehearse improvisations and demonstrate various ways of staging classroom dramatizations (2.1) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.6. Know and safely organize available materials that suggest scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Direct classroom dramatizations (3.1; 3.2) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.7. Know characters, their relationships and their environments. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Present personal selections (2.4) (FA 1)

III.D.7.b. Use variations of locomotor and nonlocomotor movement and vocal pitch, tempo and tone for different characters (2.1; 2.6) (FA 2)

III.D.8. Know that many careers are available in dramatic arts. (FA 1)

III.D.8.a. Categorize various opportunities in the theatrical field (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from selected cultures and artists. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Identify and name the symbols, subject matter, and themes found in works of art (1.1; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.5; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.b. Use Missouri, the United States and selected regions of the world art history resources to observe and respond to works of art that develops a sense of appreciation for the artist's products and culture (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.c. Recognize selected major artists, movements, and styles found in representative works in art history (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.2. Know how artists are influenced by objects and events that develop in historical progression. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Demonstrate an understanding that art is related to the artist's life and their culture (geographic, economic, political) (1.9; 1.10; 2.3; 2.4; 3.8) (FA 5)

IV.A.2.b. Discuss and name styles and artists that influenced selected artists or art movements (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.2; 3.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know that many cultures contributed to the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Explain the contributions of artists who were born and reared in another country, but who had significant impact on art in the United States (1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 3.5; 4.3) (FA 5)

IV.A.3.b. Recognize the contributions of local or regional Artists who use traditional or contemporary themes, materials, or techniques (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 1.10)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know how to look at art in order to better understand it. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Look at works of art and artifacts close-up and discuss different points of view (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.6) FA2)

IV.B.1.b. Interact with works of art and discuss and listen to artistic presentations in order to understand the work better (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7; 4.6) (FA 2)

IV.B.2. Know how to analyze works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify subjects used in works of art (1.6; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Identify shapes, colors, and lines in works of art (1.6; 2.4) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.c. Find similarities in works of art (2.3; 2.4; 2.7)

IV.B.2.d. Describe feelings in response to looking at artworks (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 2.7; 3.3)

IV.B.3. Know why it's important to value what has been created by self and others. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Develop a positive feeling for what has been created by self and others by discussing artworks (1.5; 1.6; 1.7; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.3.b. Understand that works of art can represent different ideas and images (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.4. Know a vocabulary with which to discuss works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Discuss art using appropriate vocabulary. (1.4; 1.5; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3)

IV.B.4.b. Write and discuss an artwork, or an art experience. (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.3; 4.1)

IV.B.5. Know the value of differences in individual expressions. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Respect and cultivate individual expressions in their works of art (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.2; 3.3)

IV.B.5.b. Identify and discuss particular artistic qualities (e.g., colors, space, composition) that are indicative of a certain artistic style (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 3)

IV.B.5.c. Value functional and nonfunctional art objects that are handmade which convey ideas or feelings (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know that preferences in art vary. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Compare preferences from different cultures (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 5)

IV.C.1.b. Use art vocabulary to discuss reasons for preferences about artworks (1.10; 3.6)

IV.C.1.c. Begin to develop understanding for varying responses to art by one's self and others (1.6; 2.2; 2.4; 2.7; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.1.d. Encourage constructive comments about works of art (1.9; 2.4; 3.1; 3.2; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.1.e. Examine other students' reasons for preferences (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.3; 3.4; 4.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.2. Know that aesthetic experiences are internal, personal responses. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Develop appreciation for art that represents a variety of images and ideas (1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

IV.C.2.b. View works of art and discuss parallel life experiences (1.10; 2.3; 4.8)

IV.C.2.c. Discuss why one creates art (1.9; 2.4; 2.6; 2.7; 4.8)

IV.C.3. Know how to perceive and respond to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Understand that there are many kinds of art, two- and three-dimensional, natural, or human made, functional, nonfunctional, realistic, nonobjective, and abstract (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.3.b. Develop, judge, and communicate personal decisions about artworks (1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 2.5; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6)

IV.C.3.c. Respond to aesthetic decisions of others (2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.4. Know how to reflect on the perceptions and responses of others to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate increased ability to observe and respond to works of art from a variety of perspectives (2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 3.7)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades K-4, students experiment enthusiastically with art materials and investigate the ideas presented to them through visual arts instruction. Students learn to work with various tools, processes, and media. Primary students develop and expand visual arts knowledge and skills in order to express their ideas creatively.

IV.D.1. Know that artists create art with a variety of two- and three-dimensional media. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Name the media used to create selected works of art (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Use a variety of drawing instruments, painting tools, printmaking materials, clay forming techniques to demonstrate a variety of artistic techniques (2.3; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.2. Know and use the elements of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Identify and use varieties of line, shape, and color in works of art (1.6; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.b. Identify and use geometric and organic shapes (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.c. Identify names of the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors and use them in their work (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.3. Know and use the principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify and use repeated lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (repetition) (1.6; 2.4; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.3.b. Identify and use a variety of lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (variety) (1.6; 2.4; 2.5)

IV.D.4. Know how to demonstrate self-expression and satisfaction. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Present and discuss successful artistic efforts (1.6; 1.7; 2.4; 2.5; 3.8; 4.8) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Identify and exhibit improvements and artistic growth and express a sense of pride (2.1; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.5. Know how to take care of their materials and equipment. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Demonstrate proper use, care, and storage of tools, materials, and equipment (3.8; 4.7) (FA 1)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward art materials and projects that belong to you or other students (1.5; 2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

IV.D.6. Know that direct observation is a source for ideas. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Observe details and edges or outlines of objects 'total picture' (2.1; 2.4)

IV.D.6.b. Observe that light and shade create the illusion of form (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1)

IV.D.6.c. Use view-finder techniques to focus on subject matter (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.d. Distinguish between positive and negative space in their classroom (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.e. Practice points of view: birds' eye perspective, worms' eye perspective, etc. (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.7. Know that art is present in many parts of our community. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Recognize that there are various opportunities in art related careers (4.8)

IV.D.7.b. Develop a sense of appreciation for the craft tradition and the role of involving community artists who enrich learning (1.6; 1.9; 1.10; 2.4)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the three types of dance in human history: ritual dance, social dance, and theatrical dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Name at least one major American choreographer and identify the time period and dance style of that choreographer (1.9) (FA 5)

I.A.1.b. Recognize local dance artists and identify their dance styles (1.2) (FA 5)

I.A.2. Know dance in a particular time period in the United States (for example, in colonial America, why and in what settings did people dance? What did the dances look like?). (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Correctly identify costumes and other decor from various historical periods in America by style and approximate time period (e.g., ballet, ragtime, modern dance) (1.6) (FA 5)

I.A.3. Know names and rhythmic patterns of various folk dances from different cultures. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Perform folk dances from various cultures with competence and confidence (2.5)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know the following terms: audience, criticism, technique, and the elements of dance. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Observe two dances and discuss how they are similar and different in terms of one of the elements of dance, e. g., accurately describe the use of space in the dances, including body shapes, levels, and pathways (1.2)

I.B.1.b. Demonstrate appropriate audience behavior in watching dance performances and discuss their opinions about dances with their peers in a supportive and constructive way (2.3) (FA 4)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of other art forms that support or collaborate with dance. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Describe the music, dance, sets, costumes and theatrical effects in at least one dance production and discuss the interdependence of the related art forms (2.1)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know that dance is different from other forms of human movement (such as sports and everyday gestures). (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Present original dances to peers and discuss their meanings with competence and confidence (2.1)

I.C.2. Recognize aesthetic or intuitive choices made by themselves, their peers and professional choreographers in creating dance works.

I.C.2.a. Take an active role in a class discussion about interpretations of and reactions to a dance (1.5) (FA 3)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the terms and tools that make up the basic language of choreographers, such as choreography, improvisation, mirroring, leading and following, and basic stage directions. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Attentively observe and accurately describe the action (such as skip, gallop) and movement elements (such as level, directions) in a brief movement study (2.1)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (1.6) (FA 2)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of technique classes: personal space, energy, balance action, elevation, levels, locomotor, and nonlocomotor movement. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately demonstrate nonlocomotor/axial movements such as bend, twist, stretch, swing (1.6)

I.D.2.b. Create shapes at low, middle, and high levels (2.5)

I.D.2.c. Demonstrate the ability to define and maintain personal space (1.6)

I.D.3. Know healthy practices (such as nutrition and good safety habits) enhance their ability to dance. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Demonstrate correct hygiene and care and wear of dance clothing (1.10) (FA 1)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know some musical works and artists that are representative of classical and popular styles, world cultures, various time periods (for example, the 'Messiah', 18th century; Stephen Foster, 'Oh Susanna', 19th century; Ravi Shankar, Indian sitar player, 20th century). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Group a selection of aural examples of music into broad categories such as classical or popular, Western or non-Western, and contemporary or historical (1.9; 2.4) (FA 5)

II.A.2. Know a variety of songs from the United States and other nations. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Recognize a selected sampling of patriotic and folk songs that are representative of Missouri, the United States, and other countries such as, the 'Missouri Waltz', 'America the Beautiful', 'Oh Canada', and 'La Cucaracha' (1.5) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know that music serves a variety of functions. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how music can function for different purposes such as sacred or secular, work songs, folk songs, art music, or popular music (2.4; 3.5) (FA5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that music consists of several elements (e.g., timbre, harmony, melody, rhythm, form, instrumentation). (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Demonstrate that these components are essential in describing and understanding music (1.9) (FA 3)

II.B.1.b. Demonstrate that body movement can be used to reflect and enhance the effect of selected musical components (2.5)

II.B.2. Know that melody can be described with reference to its placement (high/low) and its movement (direction, conjunctness), that tempo can be perceived as consistent or changing, fast or slow, and that instruments and voices can be combined to create different textures and timbres and harmonic combinations. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify salient characteristics of melody when presented aurally and visually (e.g., high/low, melodic direction) (1.6)

II.B.3. Know that music elements have different levels of importance and complexity in various types of music, that similarly, listener responses as audience members may vary in different settings. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Describe the elements of audience etiquette for various settings (4.3)

II.B.4. Know that the size of traditional acoustic instruments, often determines the pitch range. (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Select from like instrument families (e.g., violin, viola, cello, and double bass or soprano, alto, tenor, and baritone saxophone) the instruments which would have high, medium, or low ranges (1.2)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that an aesthetic response to a piece of music consists of an immediate emotional reaction and an intellectual one based on the student's knowledge of expressive musical elements such as harmony, traditional instrumentation, and intonation. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Identify musical elements used for expression in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

II.C.2. Know that the elements of music can also be altered when performing to create a heightened aesthetic effect. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Manipulate expressive qualities of music in various performances and compositional settings (2.5)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that musical sound is dependent on the accurate reproduction of pitch and rhythm. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing independently on pitch and in rhythm simple rounds, partner songs, ostinato patterns, descants, and 2-part songs learned by rote (1.6; 2.1; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.1.b. Echo short rhythms and melodic patterns using a variety of sounds such as body percussion, rhythm instruments, and voice (1.5; 1.6; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.2. Know that music is expressed in standard notation symbols and traditional terminology referring to dynamics, articulation, and tempo. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing simple melodies using a system such as syllables, numbers, or letters to read pitch notation in the treble clef in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.b. Read simple rhythms from rhythm syllables and/ or standard notation and play or sing with a steady beat (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.c. Use graphic notation and/or standard symbols to notate meter, pitch, rhythm, and dynamics in simple patterns (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that manipulating pitch, rhythm, dynamics, and tempo affects the creation and interpretation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Create simple melodies as a response ('answer') to a musical question using variations in dynamics and tempo in the interpretation (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.3.b. Improvise simple rhythmic variations and simple melodic embellishments on familiar melodies (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to find information to support classroom dramatizations. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Identify and compare similar characters and situations in stories and dramas from and about various cultures, illustrate with classroom dramatizations and discuss how theatre reflects life (1.2) (FA 4)

III.A.1.b. Communicate information to peers about people, events, time and place related to classroom dramatizations (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to identify and compare various settings and reasons for creating dramas and attending theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by recognizing the role of fine arts in daily life as a performer/ observer/ practitioner (1.10) (FA 4)

III.A.3. Know how to document social, cultural and historical implications relating to dramatic productions. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Apply relevance, implications and consequences of theatre to its social, cultural and historical context (2.4) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements in theatre, dramatic media, dance, music and visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Describe various elements in dramatical presentations (3.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how nondramatic art forms are used to express ideas and emotions in theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Convey personal reactions to several art forms (2.1) (FA 3)

III.B.3. Know how ideas and emotions are expressed in theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Compare and connect art forms by describing theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms (2.7) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know a few preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Select movement, music or visual elements to enhance the mood of a classroom dramatization (2.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know the visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements of classroom dramatizations and dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Analyze classroom dramatizations and, using appropriate terminology, constructively suggest alternative ideas for dramatizing roles, arranging environments, and developing situations (3.2) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.1.b. Improve the collaborative processes of planning, playing, responding and evaluating (3.6) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.2. Know how the wants and needs of characters are similar to and different from their own. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Articulate emotional responses to and explain personal preferences about the whole as well as parts of dramatic performances (2.4) (FA 3)

III.C.2.b. Explain personal preferences and construct meaning from classroom dramatizations and other presentations (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know assigned roles and interact in improvisations. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Plan and record improvisations based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know how to arrange environments for classroom dramatizations. (FA1)

III.D.2.a. Visualize environments and construct designs to communicate locale and mood using visual elements (such as space, color, line, shape, texture) and aural aspects from a variety of sound sources (2.6; 2.7; 3.1) (FA 2)

III.D.3. Know the elements used to create an environment appropriate for drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Select interrelated characters, environments and situations for classroom dramatizations (2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know technical requirements for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Improvise dialogue to tell stories and write or record the dialogue (2.6; 2.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Determine how to improve presentations through use of technical aspects (2.7; 3.7; 3.8) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.5. Know the playing spaces for classroom dramatizations. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Collaboratively plan and rehearse improvisations and demonstrate various ways of staging classroom dramatizations (2.1) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.6. Know and safely organize available materials that suggest scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Direct classroom dramatizations (3.1; 3.2) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.7. Know characters, their relationships and their environments. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Present personal selections (2.4) (FA 1)

III.D.7.b. Use variations of locomotor and nonlocomotor movement and vocal pitch, tempo and tone for different characters (2.1; 2.6) (FA 2)

III.D.8. Know that many careers are available in dramatic arts. (FA 1)

III.D.8.a. Categorize various opportunities in the theatrical field (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from selected cultures and artists. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Identify and name the symbols, subject matter, and themes found in works of art (1.1; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.5; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.b. Use Missouri, the United States and selected regions of the world art history resources to observe and respond to works of art that develops a sense of appreciation for the artist's products and culture (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.c. Recognize selected major artists, movements, and styles found in representative works in art history (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.2. Know how artists are influenced by objects and events that develop in historical progression. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Demonstrate an understanding that art is related to the artist's life and their culture (geographic, economic, political) (1.9; 1.10; 2.3; 2.4; 3.8) (FA 5)

IV.A.2.b. Discuss and name styles and artists that influenced selected artists or art movements (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.2; 3.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know that many cultures contributed to the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Explain the contributions of artists who were born and reared in another country, but who had significant impact on art in the United States (1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 3.5; 4.3) (FA 5)

IV.A.3.b. Recognize the contributions of local or regional Artists who use traditional or contemporary themes, materials, or techniques (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 1.10)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know how to look at art in order to better understand it. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Look at works of art and artifacts close-up and discuss different points of view (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.6) FA2)

IV.B.1.b. Interact with works of art and discuss and listen to artistic presentations in order to understand the work better (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7; 4.6) (FA 2)

IV.B.2. Know how to analyze works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify subjects used in works of art (1.6; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Identify shapes, colors, and lines in works of art (1.6; 2.4) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.c. Find similarities in works of art (2.3; 2.4; 2.7)

IV.B.2.d. Describe feelings in response to looking at artworks (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 2.7; 3.3)

IV.B.3. Know why it's important to value what has been created by self and others. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Develop a positive feeling for what has been created by self and others by discussing artworks (1.5; 1.6; 1.7; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.3.b. Understand that works of art can represent different ideas and images (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.4. Know a vocabulary with which to discuss works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Discuss art using appropriate vocabulary. (1.4; 1.5; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3)

IV.B.4.b. Write and discuss an artwork, or an art experience. (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.3; 4.1)

IV.B.5. Know the value of differences in individual expressions. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Respect and cultivate individual expressions in their works of art (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.2; 3.3)

IV.B.5.b. Identify and discuss particular artistic qualities (e.g., colors, space, composition) that are indicative of a certain artistic style (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 3)

IV.B.5.c. Value functional and nonfunctional art objects that are handmade which convey ideas or feelings (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know that preferences in art vary. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Compare preferences from different cultures (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 5)

IV.C.1.b. Use art vocabulary to discuss reasons for preferences about artworks (1.10; 3.6)

IV.C.1.c. Begin to develop understanding for varying responses to art by one's self and others (1.6; 2.2; 2.4; 2.7; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.1.d. Encourage constructive comments about works of art (1.9; 2.4; 3.1; 3.2; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.1.e. Examine other students' reasons for preferences (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.3; 3.4; 4.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.2. Know that aesthetic experiences are internal, personal responses. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Develop appreciation for art that represents a variety of images and ideas (1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

IV.C.2.b. View works of art and discuss parallel life experiences (1.10; 2.3; 4.8)

IV.C.2.c. Discuss why one creates art (1.9; 2.4; 2.6; 2.7; 4.8)

IV.C.3. Know how to perceive and respond to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Understand that there are many kinds of art, two- and three-dimensional, natural, or human made, functional, nonfunctional, realistic, nonobjective, and abstract (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.3.b. Develop, judge, and communicate personal decisions about artworks (1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 2.5; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6)

IV.C.3.c. Respond to aesthetic decisions of others (2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.4. Know how to reflect on the perceptions and responses of others to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate increased ability to observe and respond to works of art from a variety of perspectives (2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 3.7)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades K-4, students experiment enthusiastically with art materials and investigate the ideas presented to them through visual arts instruction. Students learn to work with various tools, processes, and media. Primary students develop and expand visual arts knowledge and skills in order to express their ideas creatively.

IV.D.1. Know that artists create art with a variety of two- and three-dimensional media. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Name the media used to create selected works of art (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Use a variety of drawing instruments, painting tools, printmaking materials, clay forming techniques to demonstrate a variety of artistic techniques (2.3; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.2. Know and use the elements of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Identify and use varieties of line, shape, and color in works of art (1.6; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.b. Identify and use geometric and organic shapes (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.c. Identify names of the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors and use them in their work (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.3. Know and use the principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify and use repeated lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (repetition) (1.6; 2.4; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.3.b. Identify and use a variety of lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (variety) (1.6; 2.4; 2.5)

IV.D.4. Know how to demonstrate self-expression and satisfaction. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Present and discuss successful artistic efforts (1.6; 1.7; 2.4; 2.5; 3.8; 4.8) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Identify and exhibit improvements and artistic growth and express a sense of pride (2.1; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.5. Know how to take care of their materials and equipment. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Demonstrate proper use, care, and storage of tools, materials, and equipment (3.8; 4.7) (FA 1)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward art materials and projects that belong to you or other students (1.5; 2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

IV.D.6. Know that direct observation is a source for ideas. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Observe details and edges or outlines of objects 'total picture' (2.1; 2.4)

IV.D.6.b. Observe that light and shade create the illusion of form (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1)

IV.D.6.c. Use view-finder techniques to focus on subject matter (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.d. Distinguish between positive and negative space in their classroom (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.e. Practice points of view: birds' eye perspective, worms' eye perspective, etc. (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.7. Know that art is present in many parts of our community. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Recognize that there are various opportunities in art related careers (4.8)

IV.D.7.b. Develop a sense of appreciation for the craft tradition and the role of involving community artists who enrich learning (1.6; 1.9; 1.10; 2.4)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the three types of dance in human history: ritual dance, social dance, and theatrical dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Name at least one major American choreographer and identify the time period and dance style of that choreographer (1.9) (FA 5)

I.A.1.b. Recognize local dance artists and identify their dance styles (1.2) (FA 5)

I.A.2. Know dance in a particular time period in the United States (for example, in colonial America, why and in what settings did people dance? What did the dances look like?). (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Correctly identify costumes and other decor from various historical periods in America by style and approximate time period (e.g., ballet, ragtime, modern dance) (1.6) (FA 5)

I.A.3. Know names and rhythmic patterns of various folk dances from different cultures. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Perform folk dances from various cultures with competence and confidence (2.5)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know the following terms: audience, criticism, technique, and the elements of dance. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Observe two dances and discuss how they are similar and different in terms of one of the elements of dance, e. g., accurately describe the use of space in the dances, including body shapes, levels, and pathways (1.2)

I.B.1.b. Demonstrate appropriate audience behavior in watching dance performances and discuss their opinions about dances with their peers in a supportive and constructive way (2.3) (FA 4)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of other art forms that support or collaborate with dance. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Describe the music, dance, sets, costumes and theatrical effects in at least one dance production and discuss the interdependence of the related art forms (2.1)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know that dance is different from other forms of human movement (such as sports and everyday gestures). (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Present original dances to peers and discuss their meanings with competence and confidence (2.1)

I.C.2. Recognize aesthetic or intuitive choices made by themselves, their peers and professional choreographers in creating dance works.

I.C.2.a. Take an active role in a class discussion about interpretations of and reactions to a dance (1.5) (FA 3)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the terms and tools that make up the basic language of choreographers, such as choreography, improvisation, mirroring, leading and following, and basic stage directions. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Attentively observe and accurately describe the action (such as skip, gallop) and movement elements (such as level, directions) in a brief movement study (2.1)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (1.6) (FA 2)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of technique classes: personal space, energy, balance action, elevation, levels, locomotor, and nonlocomotor movement. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately demonstrate nonlocomotor/axial movements such as bend, twist, stretch, swing (1.6)

I.D.2.b. Create shapes at low, middle, and high levels (2.5)

I.D.2.c. Demonstrate the ability to define and maintain personal space (1.6)

I.D.3. Know healthy practices (such as nutrition and good safety habits) enhance their ability to dance. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Demonstrate correct hygiene and care and wear of dance clothing (1.10) (FA 1)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know some musical works and artists that are representative of classical and popular styles, world cultures, various time periods (for example, the 'Messiah', 18th century; Stephen Foster, 'Oh Susanna', 19th century; Ravi Shankar, Indian sitar player, 20th century). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Group a selection of aural examples of music into broad categories such as classical or popular, Western or non-Western, and contemporary or historical (1.9; 2.4) (FA 5)

II.A.2. Know a variety of songs from the United States and other nations. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Recognize a selected sampling of patriotic and folk songs that are representative of Missouri, the United States, and other countries such as, the 'Missouri Waltz', 'America the Beautiful', 'Oh Canada', and 'La Cucaracha' (1.5) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know that music serves a variety of functions. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how music can function for different purposes such as sacred or secular, work songs, folk songs, art music, or popular music (2.4; 3.5) (FA5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that music consists of several elements (e.g., timbre, harmony, melody, rhythm, form, instrumentation). (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Demonstrate that these components are essential in describing and understanding music (1.9) (FA 3)

II.B.1.b. Demonstrate that body movement can be used to reflect and enhance the effect of selected musical components (2.5)

II.B.2. Know that melody can be described with reference to its placement (high/low) and its movement (direction, conjunctness), that tempo can be perceived as consistent or changing, fast or slow, and that instruments and voices can be combined to create different textures and timbres and harmonic combinations. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify salient characteristics of melody when presented aurally and visually (e.g., high/low, melodic direction) (1.6)

II.B.3. Know that music elements have different levels of importance and complexity in various types of music, that similarly, listener responses as audience members may vary in different settings. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Describe the elements of audience etiquette for various settings (4.3)

II.B.4. Know that the size of traditional acoustic instruments, often determines the pitch range. (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Select from like instrument families (e.g., violin, viola, cello, and double bass or soprano, alto, tenor, and baritone saxophone) the instruments which would have high, medium, or low ranges (1.2)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that an aesthetic response to a piece of music consists of an immediate emotional reaction and an intellectual one based on the student's knowledge of expressive musical elements such as harmony, traditional instrumentation, and intonation. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Identify musical elements used for expression in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

II.C.2. Know that the elements of music can also be altered when performing to create a heightened aesthetic effect. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Manipulate expressive qualities of music in various performances and compositional settings (2.5)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that musical sound is dependent on the accurate reproduction of pitch and rhythm. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing independently on pitch and in rhythm simple rounds, partner songs, ostinato patterns, descants, and 2-part songs learned by rote (1.6; 2.1; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.1.b. Echo short rhythms and melodic patterns using a variety of sounds such as body percussion, rhythm instruments, and voice (1.5; 1.6; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.2. Know that music is expressed in standard notation symbols and traditional terminology referring to dynamics, articulation, and tempo. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing simple melodies using a system such as syllables, numbers, or letters to read pitch notation in the treble clef in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.b. Read simple rhythms from rhythm syllables and/ or standard notation and play or sing with a steady beat (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.2.c. Use graphic notation and/or standard symbols to notate meter, pitch, rhythm, and dynamics in simple patterns (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that manipulating pitch, rhythm, dynamics, and tempo affects the creation and interpretation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Create simple melodies as a response ('answer') to a musical question using variations in dynamics and tempo in the interpretation (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.3.b. Improvise simple rhythmic variations and simple melodic embellishments on familiar melodies (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to find information to support classroom dramatizations. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Identify and compare similar characters and situations in stories and dramas from and about various cultures, illustrate with classroom dramatizations and discuss how theatre reflects life (1.2) (FA 4)

III.A.1.b. Communicate information to peers about people, events, time and place related to classroom dramatizations (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to identify and compare various settings and reasons for creating dramas and attending theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by recognizing the role of fine arts in daily life as a performer/ observer/ practitioner (1.10) (FA 4)

III.A.3. Know how to document social, cultural and historical implications relating to dramatic productions. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Apply relevance, implications and consequences of theatre to its social, cultural and historical context (2.4) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements in theatre, dramatic media, dance, music and visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Describe various elements in dramatical presentations (3.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how nondramatic art forms are used to express ideas and emotions in theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Convey personal reactions to several art forms (2.1) (FA 3)

III.B.3. Know how ideas and emotions are expressed in theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Compare and connect art forms by describing theatre, dramatic media (such as film, television and electronic media) and other art forms (2.7) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know a few preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Select movement, music or visual elements to enhance the mood of a classroom dramatization (2.7) (FA 1)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know the visual, aural, oral and kinetic elements of classroom dramatizations and dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Analyze classroom dramatizations and, using appropriate terminology, constructively suggest alternative ideas for dramatizing roles, arranging environments, and developing situations (3.2) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.1.b. Improve the collaborative processes of planning, playing, responding and evaluating (3.6) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.2. Know how the wants and needs of characters are similar to and different from their own. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Articulate emotional responses to and explain personal preferences about the whole as well as parts of dramatic performances (2.4) (FA 3)

III.C.2.b. Explain personal preferences and construct meaning from classroom dramatizations and other presentations (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know assigned roles and interact in improvisations. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Plan and record improvisations based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know how to arrange environments for classroom dramatizations. (FA1)

III.D.2.a. Visualize environments and construct designs to communicate locale and mood using visual elements (such as space, color, line, shape, texture) and aural aspects from a variety of sound sources (2.6; 2.7; 3.1) (FA 2)

III.D.3. Know the elements used to create an environment appropriate for drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Select interrelated characters, environments and situations for classroom dramatizations (2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know technical requirements for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Improvise dialogue to tell stories and write or record the dialogue (2.6; 2.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Determine how to improve presentations through use of technical aspects (2.7; 3.7; 3.8) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.5. Know the playing spaces for classroom dramatizations. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Collaboratively plan and rehearse improvisations and demonstrate various ways of staging classroom dramatizations (2.1) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.6. Know and safely organize available materials that suggest scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Direct classroom dramatizations (3.1; 3.2) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.7. Know characters, their relationships and their environments. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Present personal selections (2.4) (FA 1)

III.D.7.b. Use variations of locomotor and nonlocomotor movement and vocal pitch, tempo and tone for different characters (2.1; 2.6) (FA 2)

III.D.8. Know that many careers are available in dramatic arts. (FA 1)

III.D.8.a. Categorize various opportunities in the theatrical field (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from selected cultures and artists. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Identify and name the symbols, subject matter, and themes found in works of art (1.1; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.5; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.b. Use Missouri, the United States and selected regions of the world art history resources to observe and respond to works of art that develops a sense of appreciation for the artist's products and culture (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.1.c. Recognize selected major artists, movements, and styles found in representative works in art history (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.A.2. Know how artists are influenced by objects and events that develop in historical progression. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Demonstrate an understanding that art is related to the artist's life and their culture (geographic, economic, political) (1.9; 1.10; 2.3; 2.4; 3.8) (FA 5)

IV.A.2.b. Discuss and name styles and artists that influenced selected artists or art movements (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.2; 3.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know that many cultures contributed to the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Explain the contributions of artists who were born and reared in another country, but who had significant impact on art in the United States (1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 3.5; 4.3) (FA 5)

IV.A.3.b. Recognize the contributions of local or regional Artists who use traditional or contemporary themes, materials, or techniques (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 1.10)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know how to look at art in order to better understand it. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Look at works of art and artifacts close-up and discuss different points of view (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.6) FA2)

IV.B.1.b. Interact with works of art and discuss and listen to artistic presentations in order to understand the work better (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7; 4.6) (FA 2)

IV.B.2. Know how to analyze works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify subjects used in works of art (1.6; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Identify shapes, colors, and lines in works of art (1.6; 2.4) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.c. Find similarities in works of art (2.3; 2.4; 2.7)

IV.B.2.d. Describe feelings in response to looking at artworks (1.6; 1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 2.7; 3.3)

IV.B.3. Know why it's important to value what has been created by self and others. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Develop a positive feeling for what has been created by self and others by discussing artworks (1.5; 1.6; 1.7; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.3.b. Understand that works of art can represent different ideas and images (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.3; 3.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.4. Know a vocabulary with which to discuss works of art. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Discuss art using appropriate vocabulary. (1.4; 1.5; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3)

IV.B.4.b. Write and discuss an artwork, or an art experience. (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.3; 4.1)

IV.B.5. Know the value of differences in individual expressions. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Respect and cultivate individual expressions in their works of art (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 3.2; 3.3)

IV.B.5.b. Identify and discuss particular artistic qualities (e.g., colors, space, composition) that are indicative of a certain artistic style (1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 2.7) (FA 3)

IV.B.5.c. Value functional and nonfunctional art objects that are handmade which convey ideas or feelings (1.5; 1.6; 1.9; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know that preferences in art vary. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Compare preferences from different cultures (1.9; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 5)

IV.C.1.b. Use art vocabulary to discuss reasons for preferences about artworks (1.10; 3.6)

IV.C.1.c. Begin to develop understanding for varying responses to art by one's self and others (1.6; 2.2; 2.4; 2.7; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.1.d. Encourage constructive comments about works of art (1.9; 2.4; 3.1; 3.2; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.1.e. Examine other students' reasons for preferences (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.2; 3.3; 3.4; 4.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.2. Know that aesthetic experiences are internal, personal responses. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Develop appreciation for art that represents a variety of images and ideas (1.9; 2.3; 2.4; 3.3; 4.1) (FA 5)

IV.C.2.b. View works of art and discuss parallel life experiences (1.10; 2.3; 4.8)

IV.C.2.c. Discuss why one creates art (1.9; 2.4; 2.6; 2.7; 4.8)

IV.C.3. Know how to perceive and respond to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Understand that there are many kinds of art, two- and three-dimensional, natural, or human made, functional, nonfunctional, realistic, nonobjective, and abstract (1.6; 2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 4.1)

IV.C.3.b. Develop, judge, and communicate personal decisions about artworks (1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.2; 2.3; 2.5; 3.2; 3.3; 3.6)

IV.C.3.c. Respond to aesthetic decisions of others (2.3; 2.4; 3.1; 3.6; 3.7)

IV.C.4. Know how to reflect on the perceptions and responses of others to works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate increased ability to observe and respond to works of art from a variety of perspectives (2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 3.7)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades K-4, students experiment enthusiastically with art materials and investigate the ideas presented to them through visual arts instruction. Students learn to work with various tools, processes, and media. Primary students develop and expand visual arts knowledge and skills in order to express their ideas creatively.

IV.D.1. Know that artists create art with a variety of two- and three-dimensional media. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Name the media used to create selected works of art (2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Use a variety of drawing instruments, painting tools, printmaking materials, clay forming techniques to demonstrate a variety of artistic techniques (2.3; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.2. Know and use the elements of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Identify and use varieties of line, shape, and color in works of art (1.6; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.b. Identify and use geometric and organic shapes (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.2.c. Identify names of the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors and use them in their work (1.6; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 2)

IV.D.3. Know and use the principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify and use repeated lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (repetition) (1.6; 2.4; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.3.b. Identify and use a variety of lines, shapes, and colors in works of art (variety) (1.6; 2.4; 2.5)

IV.D.4. Know how to demonstrate self-expression and satisfaction. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Present and discuss successful artistic efforts (1.6; 1.7; 2.4; 2.5; 3.8; 4.8) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Identify and exhibit improvements and artistic growth and express a sense of pride (2.1; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5) (FA 1)

IV.D.5. Know how to take care of their materials and equipment. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Demonstrate proper use, care, and storage of tools, materials, and equipment (3.8; 4.7) (FA 1)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate a positive attitude toward art materials and projects that belong to you or other students (1.5; 2.3; 2.4; 3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

IV.D.6. Know that direct observation is a source for ideas. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Observe details and edges or outlines of objects 'total picture' (2.1; 2.4)

IV.D.6.b. Observe that light and shade create the illusion of form (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1)

IV.D.6.c. Use view-finder techniques to focus on subject matter (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.d. Distinguish between positive and negative space in their classroom (2.1; 2.3; 2.4)

IV.D.6.e. Practice points of view: birds' eye perspective, worms' eye perspective, etc. (2.1; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 3)

IV.D.7. Know that art is present in many parts of our community. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Recognize that there are various opportunities in art related careers (4.8)

IV.D.7.b. Develop a sense of appreciation for the craft tradition and the role of involving community artists who enrich learning (1.6; 1.9; 1.10; 2.4)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the important characteristics of primitive dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Competently perform folk and/or classical dances from various cultures, and describe similarities and differences in steps and movement styles (2.5)

I.A.2. Know important figures in the history of dance, including persons who introduced dance into the court systems of Europe and those who broke with ballet tradition and developed modern dance, such as Isadora Duncan, Mary Wigman, Martha Graham, and Charles Weidman. (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a choreographic 'family tree' for the development of a type or style of dance from any world culture (for example, ballet, modern dance, Afro-Brazilian dance) (1.8) (FA 3)

I.A.3. Know how classical and traditional dances in Asian, African, Latin and Native American cultures show the importance of dance in human society. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Compare and contrast the uses of dance in two different cultures outside the North American continent (1.9)

I.A.4. Know the cultural and historical context of at least one dance currently danced in their own community. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Learn and share a dance from a resource in their own community, and describe the cultural and/ or historical context of the dance (1.4) (FA 1)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know pantomime, abstraction, aesthetic criteria, and musicality. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Create a movement problem and demonstrate multiple solutions; choose the most interesting solutions and discuss the reasons for their choices (3.6) (FA 3)

I.B.1.b. Identify possible criteria for evaluating dance (such as skill of performers, originality, visual and/or emotional impact, variety and contrast) (3.2)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of dance (use of the body moving in space and time with energy or force) and basic formal structures used in choreography. (FA 2)

I.B.2.a. Know the choreographic structures of forms of AB, ABA, canon, call and response, and narrative in a wide variety of performance examples seen live or on film/video (1.8)

I.B.2.b. Compare and contrast two dance compositions in terms of space (such as shape and pathways), time (such as rhythm and tempo), and force/ energy (movement qualities) (2.4)

I.B.3. Know concepts used in dance and other fine arts, and disciplines outside the arts can be woven together in a work of choreography.

I.B.3.a. Analyze a contemporary theatrical dance work in terms of the choreographer's use of the fine arts, history, literature, science, and other disciplines in its creation (3.5) (FA 4)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know the definition of aesthetics and the basic aesthetic criteria that humans use to establish their preferences for the arts. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Establish one's own aesthetic criteria centered on preferences for choices one makes when creating dance (4.1)

I.C.2. Know the differences between pedestrian and dance movement. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Effectively demonstrate the difference between pantomiming and abstracting a gesture (3.5) (FA 4)

I.C.3. Know different accompaniment (such as sound, music, spoken text) can affect the meaning of a dance.

I.C.3.a. Demonstrate and/or explain how lighting and costuming can contribute to the meaning of a dance (2.4)

I.C.3.b. Create a dance that successfully communicates a topic of personal significance (2.5) (FA 1)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the movement terminology such as alignment, balance, initiation, articulation of isolated body parts, weight shift, elevation and landing, fall and recovery, projection, and focus. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Identify and clearly demonstrate a range of expressive movement qualities (2.1) (FA 5)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate accurately memorization and reproduction of movement sequences (1.5)

I.D.2. Know strategies to prevent dance injuries. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Demonstrate correct warm-up technique in class and independently (2.2) (FA 2)

I.D.2.b. Demonstrate increasing kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (2.5)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know a sampling of musical works and artists representative of the various styles in Western music, both contemporary and historical, and a basic sampling of musical styles from non-Western cultures (for example: Renaissance, Palestina, 'Missa Papae Marcelli'; Baroque, J.S. Bach, 'Little Fugue in G Minor': Contemporary, Aaron Copland, 'Fanfare for the Common Man'; American Musical Theatre, Leonard Bernstein, 'West Side Story'; Caribbean, Steel Drum music; or Javanese, Gamelan). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Identify the titles and composers of selected aural examples and classify them according to appropriate style and/or historical period (1.6; 2.4; 4.1) (FA 3)

II.A.2. Know the national influences in a representative body of musical works from the United States and other nations such as George Gershwin's 'Porgy and Bess', Charles Ives's 'Variation on America' or 'New England Triptych', Jean Sibelius's 'Finlandia', or Hector Villa-Lobos's 'Bachianas'. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Distinguish the national influences on a selected group of musical works, composers, or performers (1.9; 2.4; 3.3) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know a broad variety of musical works, composers, and performers that have been influenced by ethnic cultures in Missouri, the United States and around the world (such as, Scott Joplin, ragtime; Bela Bartok, Hungarian folk styles; Igor Stravinsky, Russian peasant music; and Count Basie, Kansas City jazz). (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how a selected group of composers, performers, and/or musical works have been affected by different ethnic influences (1.6; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.4. Know how music serves a variety of functions in society. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Select music that is appropriate for several different functions in the community such as weddings, funerals, parades, or different school functions (1.5; 3.8) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that traditional acoustic instruments depend on their shape, material, overtone series, and mode of creating vibration to produce unique timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Identify relationships between materials used to construct and play instruments (e.g., wood, metal, plastic) and the sound created (2.3)

II.B.2. Know that while many combinations of musical elements are possible specific groupings have evolved. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Recognize the sounds of ensembles and instrument combinations (1.9)

II.B.2.b. Identify textures both aurally and visually (1.9)

II.B.3. Know that melodies can be described using objective terms (e.g., internal size and type, range) and more subjective concepts (e.g., intonation). (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Expand the repertoire of melodic concepts identified aurally and visually (e.g., intonation judgments, identifying specific melodic intervals)

II.B.4. Know that implied rules exist for audience behaviors and differ according to the setting (a piano recital vs. a jazz concert). (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Practice audience etiquette in selected settings (4.3) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that quality in music may be determined by analyzing pieces for well crafted and creative uses of expressive elements such as harmony, melody, rhythm, form, and performance practice. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Continue to develop knowledge of elements used by composers to create expressiveness in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2)

II.C.1.b. Apply evaluative criteria to select pieces to explain personal reactions to that music. (4.1; 4.4) (FA 3)

II.C.2. Know that expressive elements can be applied in appropriate places to students' performances, compositions, and improvisations. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Identify and apply expressive elements where appropriate to students' musical products (3.2; 3.3)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing or play an instrument in small and large ensembles with technical accuracy and expression through proper sound production (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 3 or more parts (1.6; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Sing or play at sight simple rhythms and melodies with skips based on intervals in the major scale (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.3.b. Notate given rhythmic and melodic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Sing or play simple melodic embellishments and rhythmic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.1; 2.2; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Create sound collages (a collection of sounds assembled from multiple sources such as voice, instruments, environmental sounds, and created sounds), using traditional and/or nontraditional notation and instrumentation. (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.8; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to research cultural and historical differences to support improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Describe and compare universal characters and situations in dramas from and about various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Explore how theatre reflects a culture through various means, such as improvised and scripted scenes (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to analyze the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Examine how theatre allows participants and audiences to investigate emotions and behaviors (1.10) (FA 2)

III.A.3. Know how culture affects the content and production values of dramatic performances. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify cultural aspects which modify the content of theatrical performances (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.4. Know how social concepts such as cooperation, communication, collaboration, consensus, self-esteem, risk taking, sympathy and empathy apply in theatre and daily life. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Understand context by analyzing the role of theatrical endeavors in the community and in other cultures (2.1) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know various elements in theatre and related arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Incorporate elements of dance, music and visual arts to express ideas and emotions in improvised and scripted scenes (2.3, 2.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how the nondramatic art forms are modified to enhance the expression of ideas in theatre art. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Describe characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre, musical theatre, dramatic media, dance, and visual arts (2.4) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and compare art forms by analyzing methods of presentation and audience response for theatre, dramatic media and other art forms. (FA 4)

III.B.3.a. Explore and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in several fine art forms (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and practice preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Express and compare personal reactions to several class projects (2.3; 4.8) (FA 2)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know how to derive meanings from improvised and scripted scenes and from theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Describe and evaluate the perceived effectiveness of students' contributions (as playwrights, actors, designers, and directors) to the collaborative process of developing improvised and scripted scenes (2.4; 2.5; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 1)

III.C.2. Know the meanings constructed from their own, and others, dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Use articulated criteria to describe, analyze and constructively evaluate the perceived effectiveness of artistic choices found in dramatic performances (3.7) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.3. Know effective publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to garner audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.3.a. Describe the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (3.8; 4.8) (FA 3, 4)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know enough acting skills to portray characters who interact in improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Develop characters, environments and actions that create tension and suspense; refine and record dialogue and action (2.2; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.2. Know environments for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Propose focused ideas for the environment using visual elements (line, texture, color, space), visual principles (repetition, balance, emphasis, contrast, unity) and aural qualities (pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, expression ) from traditional and nontraditional sources (2.1; 3.3; 4.7) (FA 2, 4)

III.D.3. Know the functions and interrelated nature of scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup in creating an environment appropriate for the drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Work collaboratively and safely to select and create elements of scenery, properties, lighting and sound to signify environments, and costumes and makeup to suggest character (2.7; 4.6; 4.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.4. Know how to analyze improvised and scripted scenes for technical requirements. Know text, interpretation, and artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Create improvisations and scripted scenes based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.4; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 5)

III.D.4.b. Use coding to designate technical requirements for scripts (3.1; 3.2) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to organize rehearsals for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Lead small groups in planning visual and aural elements and in rehearsing improvised and scripted scenes, demonstrating social, group and consensus skills (3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.5.b. Practice effective stage management and design promotional techniques (3.8) (FA 3)

III.D.6. Know acting skills (such as imagination, focus, listening, concentration, breath control, diction, body alignment, control of isolated body parts) to develop characterizations that suggest artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze descriptions, dialogue and actions to discover, articulate and justify character motivation and invent character behaviors based on the observation of interactions, ethical choices and emotional responses of people (2.3; 4.5) (FA 5)

III.D.7. Know skills and discipline needed to pursue vocational and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Interpret the knowledge, skills and discipline needed to pursue careers and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Compare the treatment of themes in art among different periods or cultures (1.1; 1.5; 2.2; 3.5)

IV.A.1.b. Identify and categorize artists, movements, and art forms found in the United States and other cultures (1.1; 2.4; 4.4)

IV.A.2. Know that artists make contributions to society by conceiving ideas, elaborating on them, and refining them. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Recognize major events in the history of art and their impact on civilization (1.5; 1.7; 4.3)

IV.A.2.b. Demonstrate understanding that art reflects the relationship between artists and their culture (political, religious, economic, geographic) (1.6; 2.2; 3.6; 4.4)

IV.A.3. Know the general style and/or period of major works of art from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Make statements about the functions of particular works of art in the cultures which produced them (1.2; 2.4; 3.2)

IV.A.3.b. Name the style that most closely characterizes a work of art or architecture (1.1)

IV.A.4. Know other cultures that reflect diverse developments in the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Explain the effects of technological advances on the development of styles of art, artists, or art movements (2.7)

IV.A.4.b. Identify a style of art or architecture that may have influenced specific subsequent styles (1.4; 3.8)

IV.A.5. Know the function of visual arts in the vocational and avocational fields in the community. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical printing methods in the community (1.3; 4.1)

IV.A.5.b. Demonstrate a variety of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.1; 2.1)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know art criticism. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Recognize and indicate organizational features of works of art as they relate to specific periods of art (1.8) (FA 3)

IV.B.1.b. Describe and interpret how art qualities and subject matter function together to give a work its own expression (1.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.2. Know art criticism through the work of individual artists. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Demonstrate through art criticism, inherent qualities in human products vs. machine-made products (4.1) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Recognize major figures and works and understand their significance related to a medium (2.1) (FA 4)

IV.B.3. Know how to critically analyze the artworks of various cultures. (FA2)

IV.B.3.a. Interpret meaning in works of art (1.9) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.3.b. Demonstrate the use of increasingly complex criteria for judging works of art (1.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4. Know how to compare two or more artworks of different media, artists, and style. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Select works that are similar or different in composition or organization and critique them (2.1) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4.b. Demonstrate a realistic concept of the computers' usefulness and limitations to the artist (1.4; 2.7) (FA 1)

IV.B.5. Know how people are involved in the visual arts within a community. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Describe the positive roles of the visual arts, past and present (2.4) (FA 4, 5)

IV.B.5.b. Describe the active roles of artists, patrons, curators, and gallery owners (4.3) (FA 4)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Describe the relationship between the aesthetic elements and principles in art products (1.5) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.1.b. Perceive and describe formal qualities and expressive content in art products (2.2) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.2. Know art media and processes. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Demonstrate technical skills needed to create products with aesthetic integrity (1.9) (FA 3)

IV.C.2.b. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of art in influencing the quality of everyday life (1.10) (FA 4)

IV.C.3. Know artistic moods. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Apply knowledge of varied media and tools to produce a specific visual statement (2.5) (FA 1)

IV.C.3.b. Describe how the formal qualities and subject matter function together to give a work of art its own expressive quality (4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.4. Know aesthetic similarities and differences. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate refinement in perception of the means by which visual relationships are expressed (2.2) (FA 3)

IV.C.4.b. Demonstrate mastery of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.4) (FA 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): Students use different media, technology, techniques, and processes to communicate ideas, experiences, and concepts. They learn to make choices that enhance communication of ideas. As students gain related knowledge and skills, they gain in their ability to make applications in the visual arts.

IV.D.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Produce works of art incorporating particular subject matter, such as objects, themes, events, ideas, symbols, or allegories (2.1) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Describe how the elements and principles of art are used in a work to make a personal statement (2.4) (FA 2)

IV.D.2. Know media, methods, and reasons for choices. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Describe the media, tools, techniques, and processes employed in producing particular works of art, and explain the historical advancement that preceded their use (1.9) (FA 3, 4, 5)

IV.D.2.b. Produce two- and three-dimensional works of art with a particular composition, subject matter, expressive quality, or expressive content (2.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.3. Know environmental design. (FA, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Demonstrate the ability to use spatial relationships (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.b. Produce artwork that represents spatial concepts (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4. Know career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical art career opportunities (1.4; 2.6)

IV.D.4.b. Understand that quality art reflects future relationships between artists and their opportunities for employment (2.6)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the important characteristics of primitive dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Competently perform folk and/or classical dances from various cultures, and describe similarities and differences in steps and movement styles (2.5)

I.A.2. Know important figures in the history of dance, including persons who introduced dance into the court systems of Europe and those who broke with ballet tradition and developed modern dance, such as Isadora Duncan, Mary Wigman, Martha Graham, and Charles Weidman. (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a choreographic 'family tree' for the development of a type or style of dance from any world culture (for example, ballet, modern dance, Afro-Brazilian dance) (1.8) (FA 3)

I.A.3. Know how classical and traditional dances in Asian, African, Latin and Native American cultures show the importance of dance in human society. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Compare and contrast the uses of dance in two different cultures outside the North American continent (1.9)

I.A.4. Know the cultural and historical context of at least one dance currently danced in their own community. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Learn and share a dance from a resource in their own community, and describe the cultural and/ or historical context of the dance (1.4) (FA 1)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know pantomime, abstraction, aesthetic criteria, and musicality. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Create a movement problem and demonstrate multiple solutions; choose the most interesting solutions and discuss the reasons for their choices (3.6) (FA 3)

I.B.1.b. Identify possible criteria for evaluating dance (such as skill of performers, originality, visual and/or emotional impact, variety and contrast) (3.2)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of dance (use of the body moving in space and time with energy or force) and basic formal structures used in choreography. (FA 2)

I.B.2.a. Know the choreographic structures of forms of AB, ABA, canon, call and response, and narrative in a wide variety of performance examples seen live or on film/video (1.8)

I.B.2.b. Compare and contrast two dance compositions in terms of space (such as shape and pathways), time (such as rhythm and tempo), and force/ energy (movement qualities) (2.4)

I.B.3. Know concepts used in dance and other fine arts, and disciplines outside the arts can be woven together in a work of choreography.

I.B.3.a. Analyze a contemporary theatrical dance work in terms of the choreographer's use of the fine arts, history, literature, science, and other disciplines in its creation (3.5) (FA 4)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know the definition of aesthetics and the basic aesthetic criteria that humans use to establish their preferences for the arts. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Establish one's own aesthetic criteria centered on preferences for choices one makes when creating dance (4.1)

I.C.2. Know the differences between pedestrian and dance movement. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Effectively demonstrate the difference between pantomiming and abstracting a gesture (3.5) (FA 4)

I.C.3. Know different accompaniment (such as sound, music, spoken text) can affect the meaning of a dance.

I.C.3.a. Demonstrate and/or explain how lighting and costuming can contribute to the meaning of a dance (2.4)

I.C.3.b. Create a dance that successfully communicates a topic of personal significance (2.5) (FA 1)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the movement terminology such as alignment, balance, initiation, articulation of isolated body parts, weight shift, elevation and landing, fall and recovery, projection, and focus. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Identify and clearly demonstrate a range of expressive movement qualities (2.1) (FA 5)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate accurately memorization and reproduction of movement sequences (1.5)

I.D.2. Know strategies to prevent dance injuries. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Demonstrate correct warm-up technique in class and independently (2.2) (FA 2)

I.D.2.b. Demonstrate increasing kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (2.5)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know a sampling of musical works and artists representative of the various styles in Western music, both contemporary and historical, and a basic sampling of musical styles from non-Western cultures (for example: Renaissance, Palestina, 'Missa Papae Marcelli'; Baroque, J.S. Bach, 'Little Fugue in G Minor': Contemporary, Aaron Copland, 'Fanfare for the Common Man'; American Musical Theatre, Leonard Bernstein, 'West Side Story'; Caribbean, Steel Drum music; or Javanese, Gamelan). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Identify the titles and composers of selected aural examples and classify them according to appropriate style and/or historical period (1.6; 2.4; 4.1) (FA 3)

II.A.2. Know the national influences in a representative body of musical works from the United States and other nations such as George Gershwin's 'Porgy and Bess', Charles Ives's 'Variation on America' or 'New England Triptych', Jean Sibelius's 'Finlandia', or Hector Villa-Lobos's 'Bachianas'. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Distinguish the national influences on a selected group of musical works, composers, or performers (1.9; 2.4; 3.3) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know a broad variety of musical works, composers, and performers that have been influenced by ethnic cultures in Missouri, the United States and around the world (such as, Scott Joplin, ragtime; Bela Bartok, Hungarian folk styles; Igor Stravinsky, Russian peasant music; and Count Basie, Kansas City jazz). (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how a selected group of composers, performers, and/or musical works have been affected by different ethnic influences (1.6; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.4. Know how music serves a variety of functions in society. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Select music that is appropriate for several different functions in the community such as weddings, funerals, parades, or different school functions (1.5; 3.8) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that traditional acoustic instruments depend on their shape, material, overtone series, and mode of creating vibration to produce unique timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Identify relationships between materials used to construct and play instruments (e.g., wood, metal, plastic) and the sound created (2.3)

II.B.2. Know that while many combinations of musical elements are possible specific groupings have evolved. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Recognize the sounds of ensembles and instrument combinations (1.9)

II.B.2.b. Identify textures both aurally and visually (1.9)

II.B.3. Know that melodies can be described using objective terms (e.g., internal size and type, range) and more subjective concepts (e.g., intonation). (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Expand the repertoire of melodic concepts identified aurally and visually (e.g., intonation judgments, identifying specific melodic intervals)

II.B.4. Know that implied rules exist for audience behaviors and differ according to the setting (a piano recital vs. a jazz concert). (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Practice audience etiquette in selected settings (4.3) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that quality in music may be determined by analyzing pieces for well crafted and creative uses of expressive elements such as harmony, melody, rhythm, form, and performance practice. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Continue to develop knowledge of elements used by composers to create expressiveness in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2)

II.C.1.b. Apply evaluative criteria to select pieces to explain personal reactions to that music. (4.1; 4.4) (FA 3)

II.C.2. Know that expressive elements can be applied in appropriate places to students' performances, compositions, and improvisations. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Identify and apply expressive elements where appropriate to students' musical products (3.2; 3.3)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing or play an instrument in small and large ensembles with technical accuracy and expression through proper sound production (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 3 or more parts (1.6; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Sing or play at sight simple rhythms and melodies with skips based on intervals in the major scale (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.3.b. Notate given rhythmic and melodic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Sing or play simple melodic embellishments and rhythmic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.1; 2.2; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Create sound collages (a collection of sounds assembled from multiple sources such as voice, instruments, environmental sounds, and created sounds), using traditional and/or nontraditional notation and instrumentation. (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.8; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to research cultural and historical differences to support improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Describe and compare universal characters and situations in dramas from and about various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Explore how theatre reflects a culture through various means, such as improvised and scripted scenes (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to analyze the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Examine how theatre allows participants and audiences to investigate emotions and behaviors (1.10) (FA 2)

III.A.3. Know how culture affects the content and production values of dramatic performances. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify cultural aspects which modify the content of theatrical performances (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.4. Know how social concepts such as cooperation, communication, collaboration, consensus, self-esteem, risk taking, sympathy and empathy apply in theatre and daily life. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Understand context by analyzing the role of theatrical endeavors in the community and in other cultures (2.1) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know various elements in theatre and related arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Incorporate elements of dance, music and visual arts to express ideas and emotions in improvised and scripted scenes (2.3, 2.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how the nondramatic art forms are modified to enhance the expression of ideas in theatre art. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Describe characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre, musical theatre, dramatic media, dance, and visual arts (2.4) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and compare art forms by analyzing methods of presentation and audience response for theatre, dramatic media and other art forms. (FA 4)

III.B.3.a. Explore and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in several fine art forms (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and practice preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Express and compare personal reactions to several class projects (2.3; 4.8) (FA 2)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know how to derive meanings from improvised and scripted scenes and from theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Describe and evaluate the perceived effectiveness of students' contributions (as playwrights, actors, designers, and directors) to the collaborative process of developing improvised and scripted scenes (2.4; 2.5; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 1)

III.C.2. Know the meanings constructed from their own, and others, dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Use articulated criteria to describe, analyze and constructively evaluate the perceived effectiveness of artistic choices found in dramatic performances (3.7) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.3. Know effective publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to garner audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.3.a. Describe the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (3.8; 4.8) (FA 3, 4)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know enough acting skills to portray characters who interact in improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Develop characters, environments and actions that create tension and suspense; refine and record dialogue and action (2.2; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.2. Know environments for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Propose focused ideas for the environment using visual elements (line, texture, color, space), visual principles (repetition, balance, emphasis, contrast, unity) and aural qualities (pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, expression ) from traditional and nontraditional sources (2.1; 3.3; 4.7) (FA 2, 4)

III.D.3. Know the functions and interrelated nature of scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup in creating an environment appropriate for the drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Work collaboratively and safely to select and create elements of scenery, properties, lighting and sound to signify environments, and costumes and makeup to suggest character (2.7; 4.6; 4.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.4. Know how to analyze improvised and scripted scenes for technical requirements. Know text, interpretation, and artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Create improvisations and scripted scenes based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.4; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 5)

III.D.4.b. Use coding to designate technical requirements for scripts (3.1; 3.2) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to organize rehearsals for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Lead small groups in planning visual and aural elements and in rehearsing improvised and scripted scenes, demonstrating social, group and consensus skills (3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.5.b. Practice effective stage management and design promotional techniques (3.8) (FA 3)

III.D.6. Know acting skills (such as imagination, focus, listening, concentration, breath control, diction, body alignment, control of isolated body parts) to develop characterizations that suggest artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze descriptions, dialogue and actions to discover, articulate and justify character motivation and invent character behaviors based on the observation of interactions, ethical choices and emotional responses of people (2.3; 4.5) (FA 5)

III.D.7. Know skills and discipline needed to pursue vocational and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Interpret the knowledge, skills and discipline needed to pursue careers and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Compare the treatment of themes in art among different periods or cultures (1.1; 1.5; 2.2; 3.5)

IV.A.1.b. Identify and categorize artists, movements, and art forms found in the United States and other cultures (1.1; 2.4; 4.4)

IV.A.2. Know that artists make contributions to society by conceiving ideas, elaborating on them, and refining them. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Recognize major events in the history of art and their impact on civilization (1.5; 1.7; 4.3)

IV.A.2.b. Demonstrate understanding that art reflects the relationship between artists and their culture (political, religious, economic, geographic) (1.6; 2.2; 3.6; 4.4)

IV.A.3. Know the general style and/or period of major works of art from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Make statements about the functions of particular works of art in the cultures which produced them (1.2; 2.4; 3.2)

IV.A.3.b. Name the style that most closely characterizes a work of art or architecture (1.1)

IV.A.4. Know other cultures that reflect diverse developments in the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Explain the effects of technological advances on the development of styles of art, artists, or art movements (2.7)

IV.A.4.b. Identify a style of art or architecture that may have influenced specific subsequent styles (1.4; 3.8)

IV.A.5. Know the function of visual arts in the vocational and avocational fields in the community. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical printing methods in the community (1.3; 4.1)

IV.A.5.b. Demonstrate a variety of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.1; 2.1)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know art criticism. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Recognize and indicate organizational features of works of art as they relate to specific periods of art (1.8) (FA 3)

IV.B.1.b. Describe and interpret how art qualities and subject matter function together to give a work its own expression (1.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.2. Know art criticism through the work of individual artists. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Demonstrate through art criticism, inherent qualities in human products vs. machine-made products (4.1) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Recognize major figures and works and understand their significance related to a medium (2.1) (FA 4)

IV.B.3. Know how to critically analyze the artworks of various cultures. (FA2)

IV.B.3.a. Interpret meaning in works of art (1.9) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.3.b. Demonstrate the use of increasingly complex criteria for judging works of art (1.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4. Know how to compare two or more artworks of different media, artists, and style. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Select works that are similar or different in composition or organization and critique them (2.1) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4.b. Demonstrate a realistic concept of the computers' usefulness and limitations to the artist (1.4; 2.7) (FA 1)

IV.B.5. Know how people are involved in the visual arts within a community. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Describe the positive roles of the visual arts, past and present (2.4) (FA 4, 5)

IV.B.5.b. Describe the active roles of artists, patrons, curators, and gallery owners (4.3) (FA 4)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Describe the relationship between the aesthetic elements and principles in art products (1.5) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.1.b. Perceive and describe formal qualities and expressive content in art products (2.2) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.2. Know art media and processes. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Demonstrate technical skills needed to create products with aesthetic integrity (1.9) (FA 3)

IV.C.2.b. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of art in influencing the quality of everyday life (1.10) (FA 4)

IV.C.3. Know artistic moods. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Apply knowledge of varied media and tools to produce a specific visual statement (2.5) (FA 1)

IV.C.3.b. Describe how the formal qualities and subject matter function together to give a work of art its own expressive quality (4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.4. Know aesthetic similarities and differences. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate refinement in perception of the means by which visual relationships are expressed (2.2) (FA 3)

IV.C.4.b. Demonstrate mastery of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.4) (FA 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): Students use different media, technology, techniques, and processes to communicate ideas, experiences, and concepts. They learn to make choices that enhance communication of ideas. As students gain related knowledge and skills, they gain in their ability to make applications in the visual arts.

IV.D.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Produce works of art incorporating particular subject matter, such as objects, themes, events, ideas, symbols, or allegories (2.1) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Describe how the elements and principles of art are used in a work to make a personal statement (2.4) (FA 2)

IV.D.2. Know media, methods, and reasons for choices. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Describe the media, tools, techniques, and processes employed in producing particular works of art, and explain the historical advancement that preceded their use (1.9) (FA 3, 4, 5)

IV.D.2.b. Produce two- and three-dimensional works of art with a particular composition, subject matter, expressive quality, or expressive content (2.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.3. Know environmental design. (FA, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Demonstrate the ability to use spatial relationships (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.b. Produce artwork that represents spatial concepts (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4. Know career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical art career opportunities (1.4; 2.6)

IV.D.4.b. Understand that quality art reflects future relationships between artists and their opportunities for employment (2.6)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the important characteristics of primitive dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Competently perform folk and/or classical dances from various cultures, and describe similarities and differences in steps and movement styles (2.5)

I.A.2. Know important figures in the history of dance, including persons who introduced dance into the court systems of Europe and those who broke with ballet tradition and developed modern dance, such as Isadora Duncan, Mary Wigman, Martha Graham, and Charles Weidman. (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a choreographic 'family tree' for the development of a type or style of dance from any world culture (for example, ballet, modern dance, Afro-Brazilian dance) (1.8) (FA 3)

I.A.3. Know how classical and traditional dances in Asian, African, Latin and Native American cultures show the importance of dance in human society. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Compare and contrast the uses of dance in two different cultures outside the North American continent (1.9)

I.A.4. Know the cultural and historical context of at least one dance currently danced in their own community. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Learn and share a dance from a resource in their own community, and describe the cultural and/ or historical context of the dance (1.4) (FA 1)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know pantomime, abstraction, aesthetic criteria, and musicality. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Create a movement problem and demonstrate multiple solutions; choose the most interesting solutions and discuss the reasons for their choices (3.6) (FA 3)

I.B.1.b. Identify possible criteria for evaluating dance (such as skill of performers, originality, visual and/or emotional impact, variety and contrast) (3.2)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of dance (use of the body moving in space and time with energy or force) and basic formal structures used in choreography. (FA 2)

I.B.2.a. Know the choreographic structures of forms of AB, ABA, canon, call and response, and narrative in a wide variety of performance examples seen live or on film/video (1.8)

I.B.2.b. Compare and contrast two dance compositions in terms of space (such as shape and pathways), time (such as rhythm and tempo), and force/ energy (movement qualities) (2.4)

I.B.3. Know concepts used in dance and other fine arts, and disciplines outside the arts can be woven together in a work of choreography.

I.B.3.a. Analyze a contemporary theatrical dance work in terms of the choreographer's use of the fine arts, history, literature, science, and other disciplines in its creation (3.5) (FA 4)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know the definition of aesthetics and the basic aesthetic criteria that humans use to establish their preferences for the arts. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Establish one's own aesthetic criteria centered on preferences for choices one makes when creating dance (4.1)

I.C.2. Know the differences between pedestrian and dance movement. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Effectively demonstrate the difference between pantomiming and abstracting a gesture (3.5) (FA 4)

I.C.3. Know different accompaniment (such as sound, music, spoken text) can affect the meaning of a dance.

I.C.3.a. Demonstrate and/or explain how lighting and costuming can contribute to the meaning of a dance (2.4)

I.C.3.b. Create a dance that successfully communicates a topic of personal significance (2.5) (FA 1)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the movement terminology such as alignment, balance, initiation, articulation of isolated body parts, weight shift, elevation and landing, fall and recovery, projection, and focus. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Identify and clearly demonstrate a range of expressive movement qualities (2.1) (FA 5)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate accurately memorization and reproduction of movement sequences (1.5)

I.D.2. Know strategies to prevent dance injuries. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Demonstrate correct warm-up technique in class and independently (2.2) (FA 2)

I.D.2.b. Demonstrate increasing kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (2.5)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know a sampling of musical works and artists representative of the various styles in Western music, both contemporary and historical, and a basic sampling of musical styles from non-Western cultures (for example: Renaissance, Palestina, 'Missa Papae Marcelli'; Baroque, J.S. Bach, 'Little Fugue in G Minor': Contemporary, Aaron Copland, 'Fanfare for the Common Man'; American Musical Theatre, Leonard Bernstein, 'West Side Story'; Caribbean, Steel Drum music; or Javanese, Gamelan). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Identify the titles and composers of selected aural examples and classify them according to appropriate style and/or historical period (1.6; 2.4; 4.1) (FA 3)

II.A.2. Know the national influences in a representative body of musical works from the United States and other nations such as George Gershwin's 'Porgy and Bess', Charles Ives's 'Variation on America' or 'New England Triptych', Jean Sibelius's 'Finlandia', or Hector Villa-Lobos's 'Bachianas'. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Distinguish the national influences on a selected group of musical works, composers, or performers (1.9; 2.4; 3.3) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know a broad variety of musical works, composers, and performers that have been influenced by ethnic cultures in Missouri, the United States and around the world (such as, Scott Joplin, ragtime; Bela Bartok, Hungarian folk styles; Igor Stravinsky, Russian peasant music; and Count Basie, Kansas City jazz). (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how a selected group of composers, performers, and/or musical works have been affected by different ethnic influences (1.6; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.4. Know how music serves a variety of functions in society. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Select music that is appropriate for several different functions in the community such as weddings, funerals, parades, or different school functions (1.5; 3.8) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that traditional acoustic instruments depend on their shape, material, overtone series, and mode of creating vibration to produce unique timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Identify relationships between materials used to construct and play instruments (e.g., wood, metal, plastic) and the sound created (2.3)

II.B.2. Know that while many combinations of musical elements are possible specific groupings have evolved. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Recognize the sounds of ensembles and instrument combinations (1.9)

II.B.2.b. Identify textures both aurally and visually (1.9)

II.B.3. Know that melodies can be described using objective terms (e.g., internal size and type, range) and more subjective concepts (e.g., intonation). (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Expand the repertoire of melodic concepts identified aurally and visually (e.g., intonation judgments, identifying specific melodic intervals)

II.B.4. Know that implied rules exist for audience behaviors and differ according to the setting (a piano recital vs. a jazz concert). (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Practice audience etiquette in selected settings (4.3) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that quality in music may be determined by analyzing pieces for well crafted and creative uses of expressive elements such as harmony, melody, rhythm, form, and performance practice. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Continue to develop knowledge of elements used by composers to create expressiveness in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2)

II.C.1.b. Apply evaluative criteria to select pieces to explain personal reactions to that music. (4.1; 4.4) (FA 3)

II.C.2. Know that expressive elements can be applied in appropriate places to students' performances, compositions, and improvisations. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Identify and apply expressive elements where appropriate to students' musical products (3.2; 3.3)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing or play an instrument in small and large ensembles with technical accuracy and expression through proper sound production (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 3 or more parts (1.6; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Sing or play at sight simple rhythms and melodies with skips based on intervals in the major scale (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.3.b. Notate given rhythmic and melodic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Sing or play simple melodic embellishments and rhythmic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.1; 2.2; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Create sound collages (a collection of sounds assembled from multiple sources such as voice, instruments, environmental sounds, and created sounds), using traditional and/or nontraditional notation and instrumentation. (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.8; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to research cultural and historical differences to support improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Describe and compare universal characters and situations in dramas from and about various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Explore how theatre reflects a culture through various means, such as improvised and scripted scenes (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to analyze the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Examine how theatre allows participants and audiences to investigate emotions and behaviors (1.10) (FA 2)

III.A.3. Know how culture affects the content and production values of dramatic performances. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify cultural aspects which modify the content of theatrical performances (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.4. Know how social concepts such as cooperation, communication, collaboration, consensus, self-esteem, risk taking, sympathy and empathy apply in theatre and daily life. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Understand context by analyzing the role of theatrical endeavors in the community and in other cultures (2.1) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know various elements in theatre and related arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Incorporate elements of dance, music and visual arts to express ideas and emotions in improvised and scripted scenes (2.3, 2.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how the nondramatic art forms are modified to enhance the expression of ideas in theatre art. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Describe characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre, musical theatre, dramatic media, dance, and visual arts (2.4) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and compare art forms by analyzing methods of presentation and audience response for theatre, dramatic media and other art forms. (FA 4)

III.B.3.a. Explore and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in several fine art forms (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and practice preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Express and compare personal reactions to several class projects (2.3; 4.8) (FA 2)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know how to derive meanings from improvised and scripted scenes and from theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Describe and evaluate the perceived effectiveness of students' contributions (as playwrights, actors, designers, and directors) to the collaborative process of developing improvised and scripted scenes (2.4; 2.5; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 1)

III.C.2. Know the meanings constructed from their own, and others, dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Use articulated criteria to describe, analyze and constructively evaluate the perceived effectiveness of artistic choices found in dramatic performances (3.7) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.3. Know effective publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to garner audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.3.a. Describe the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (3.8; 4.8) (FA 3, 4)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know enough acting skills to portray characters who interact in improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Develop characters, environments and actions that create tension and suspense; refine and record dialogue and action (2.2; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.2. Know environments for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Propose focused ideas for the environment using visual elements (line, texture, color, space), visual principles (repetition, balance, emphasis, contrast, unity) and aural qualities (pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, expression ) from traditional and nontraditional sources (2.1; 3.3; 4.7) (FA 2, 4)

III.D.3. Know the functions and interrelated nature of scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup in creating an environment appropriate for the drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Work collaboratively and safely to select and create elements of scenery, properties, lighting and sound to signify environments, and costumes and makeup to suggest character (2.7; 4.6; 4.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.4. Know how to analyze improvised and scripted scenes for technical requirements. Know text, interpretation, and artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Create improvisations and scripted scenes based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.4; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 5)

III.D.4.b. Use coding to designate technical requirements for scripts (3.1; 3.2) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to organize rehearsals for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Lead small groups in planning visual and aural elements and in rehearsing improvised and scripted scenes, demonstrating social, group and consensus skills (3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.5.b. Practice effective stage management and design promotional techniques (3.8) (FA 3)

III.D.6. Know acting skills (such as imagination, focus, listening, concentration, breath control, diction, body alignment, control of isolated body parts) to develop characterizations that suggest artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze descriptions, dialogue and actions to discover, articulate and justify character motivation and invent character behaviors based on the observation of interactions, ethical choices and emotional responses of people (2.3; 4.5) (FA 5)

III.D.7. Know skills and discipline needed to pursue vocational and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Interpret the knowledge, skills and discipline needed to pursue careers and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Compare the treatment of themes in art among different periods or cultures (1.1; 1.5; 2.2; 3.5)

IV.A.1.b. Identify and categorize artists, movements, and art forms found in the United States and other cultures (1.1; 2.4; 4.4)

IV.A.2. Know that artists make contributions to society by conceiving ideas, elaborating on them, and refining them. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Recognize major events in the history of art and their impact on civilization (1.5; 1.7; 4.3)

IV.A.2.b. Demonstrate understanding that art reflects the relationship between artists and their culture (political, religious, economic, geographic) (1.6; 2.2; 3.6; 4.4)

IV.A.3. Know the general style and/or period of major works of art from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Make statements about the functions of particular works of art in the cultures which produced them (1.2; 2.4; 3.2)

IV.A.3.b. Name the style that most closely characterizes a work of art or architecture (1.1)

IV.A.4. Know other cultures that reflect diverse developments in the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Explain the effects of technological advances on the development of styles of art, artists, or art movements (2.7)

IV.A.4.b. Identify a style of art or architecture that may have influenced specific subsequent styles (1.4; 3.8)

IV.A.5. Know the function of visual arts in the vocational and avocational fields in the community. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical printing methods in the community (1.3; 4.1)

IV.A.5.b. Demonstrate a variety of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.1; 2.1)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know art criticism. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Recognize and indicate organizational features of works of art as they relate to specific periods of art (1.8) (FA 3)

IV.B.1.b. Describe and interpret how art qualities and subject matter function together to give a work its own expression (1.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.2. Know art criticism through the work of individual artists. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Demonstrate through art criticism, inherent qualities in human products vs. machine-made products (4.1) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Recognize major figures and works and understand their significance related to a medium (2.1) (FA 4)

IV.B.3. Know how to critically analyze the artworks of various cultures. (FA2)

IV.B.3.a. Interpret meaning in works of art (1.9) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.3.b. Demonstrate the use of increasingly complex criteria for judging works of art (1.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4. Know how to compare two or more artworks of different media, artists, and style. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Select works that are similar or different in composition or organization and critique them (2.1) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4.b. Demonstrate a realistic concept of the computers' usefulness and limitations to the artist (1.4; 2.7) (FA 1)

IV.B.5. Know how people are involved in the visual arts within a community. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Describe the positive roles of the visual arts, past and present (2.4) (FA 4, 5)

IV.B.5.b. Describe the active roles of artists, patrons, curators, and gallery owners (4.3) (FA 4)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Describe the relationship between the aesthetic elements and principles in art products (1.5) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.1.b. Perceive and describe formal qualities and expressive content in art products (2.2) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.2. Know art media and processes. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Demonstrate technical skills needed to create products with aesthetic integrity (1.9) (FA 3)

IV.C.2.b. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of art in influencing the quality of everyday life (1.10) (FA 4)

IV.C.3. Know artistic moods. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Apply knowledge of varied media and tools to produce a specific visual statement (2.5) (FA 1)

IV.C.3.b. Describe how the formal qualities and subject matter function together to give a work of art its own expressive quality (4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.4. Know aesthetic similarities and differences. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate refinement in perception of the means by which visual relationships are expressed (2.2) (FA 3)

IV.C.4.b. Demonstrate mastery of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.4) (FA 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): Students use different media, technology, techniques, and processes to communicate ideas, experiences, and concepts. They learn to make choices that enhance communication of ideas. As students gain related knowledge and skills, they gain in their ability to make applications in the visual arts.

IV.D.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Produce works of art incorporating particular subject matter, such as objects, themes, events, ideas, symbols, or allegories (2.1) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Describe how the elements and principles of art are used in a work to make a personal statement (2.4) (FA 2)

IV.D.2. Know media, methods, and reasons for choices. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Describe the media, tools, techniques, and processes employed in producing particular works of art, and explain the historical advancement that preceded their use (1.9) (FA 3, 4, 5)

IV.D.2.b. Produce two- and three-dimensional works of art with a particular composition, subject matter, expressive quality, or expressive content (2.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.3. Know environmental design. (FA, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Demonstrate the ability to use spatial relationships (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.b. Produce artwork that represents spatial concepts (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4. Know career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical art career opportunities (1.4; 2.6)

IV.D.4.b. Understand that quality art reflects future relationships between artists and their opportunities for employment (2.6)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know the important characteristics of primitive dance. (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Competently perform folk and/or classical dances from various cultures, and describe similarities and differences in steps and movement styles (2.5)

I.A.2. Know important figures in the history of dance, including persons who introduced dance into the court systems of Europe and those who broke with ballet tradition and developed modern dance, such as Isadora Duncan, Mary Wigman, Martha Graham, and Charles Weidman. (FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a choreographic 'family tree' for the development of a type or style of dance from any world culture (for example, ballet, modern dance, Afro-Brazilian dance) (1.8) (FA 3)

I.A.3. Know how classical and traditional dances in Asian, African, Latin and Native American cultures show the importance of dance in human society. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Compare and contrast the uses of dance in two different cultures outside the North American continent (1.9)

I.A.4. Know the cultural and historical context of at least one dance currently danced in their own community. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Learn and share a dance from a resource in their own community, and describe the cultural and/ or historical context of the dance (1.4) (FA 1)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know pantomime, abstraction, aesthetic criteria, and musicality. (FA 2)

I.B.1.a. Create a movement problem and demonstrate multiple solutions; choose the most interesting solutions and discuss the reasons for their choices (3.6) (FA 3)

I.B.1.b. Identify possible criteria for evaluating dance (such as skill of performers, originality, visual and/or emotional impact, variety and contrast) (3.2)

I.B.2. Know the basic elements of dance (use of the body moving in space and time with energy or force) and basic formal structures used in choreography. (FA 2)

I.B.2.a. Know the choreographic structures of forms of AB, ABA, canon, call and response, and narrative in a wide variety of performance examples seen live or on film/video (1.8)

I.B.2.b. Compare and contrast two dance compositions in terms of space (such as shape and pathways), time (such as rhythm and tempo), and force/ energy (movement qualities) (2.4)

I.B.3. Know concepts used in dance and other fine arts, and disciplines outside the arts can be woven together in a work of choreography.

I.B.3.a. Analyze a contemporary theatrical dance work in terms of the choreographer's use of the fine arts, history, literature, science, and other disciplines in its creation (3.5) (FA 4)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know the definition of aesthetics and the basic aesthetic criteria that humans use to establish their preferences for the arts. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Establish one's own aesthetic criteria centered on preferences for choices one makes when creating dance (4.1)

I.C.2. Know the differences between pedestrian and dance movement. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Effectively demonstrate the difference between pantomiming and abstracting a gesture (3.5) (FA 4)

I.C.3. Know different accompaniment (such as sound, music, spoken text) can affect the meaning of a dance.

I.C.3.a. Demonstrate and/or explain how lighting and costuming can contribute to the meaning of a dance (2.4)

I.C.3.b. Create a dance that successfully communicates a topic of personal significance (2.5) (FA 1)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the movement terminology such as alignment, balance, initiation, articulation of isolated body parts, weight shift, elevation and landing, fall and recovery, projection, and focus. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Identify and clearly demonstrate a range of expressive movement qualities (2.1) (FA 5)

I.D.1.b. Demonstrate accurately memorization and reproduction of movement sequences (1.5)

I.D.2. Know strategies to prevent dance injuries. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Demonstrate correct warm-up technique in class and independently (2.2) (FA 2)

I.D.2.b. Demonstrate increasing kinesthetic awareness, concentration, and focus in performing movement skills (2.5)

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know a sampling of musical works and artists representative of the various styles in Western music, both contemporary and historical, and a basic sampling of musical styles from non-Western cultures (for example: Renaissance, Palestina, 'Missa Papae Marcelli'; Baroque, J.S. Bach, 'Little Fugue in G Minor': Contemporary, Aaron Copland, 'Fanfare for the Common Man'; American Musical Theatre, Leonard Bernstein, 'West Side Story'; Caribbean, Steel Drum music; or Javanese, Gamelan). (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Identify the titles and composers of selected aural examples and classify them according to appropriate style and/or historical period (1.6; 2.4; 4.1) (FA 3)

II.A.2. Know the national influences in a representative body of musical works from the United States and other nations such as George Gershwin's 'Porgy and Bess', Charles Ives's 'Variation on America' or 'New England Triptych', Jean Sibelius's 'Finlandia', or Hector Villa-Lobos's 'Bachianas'. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Distinguish the national influences on a selected group of musical works, composers, or performers (1.9; 2.4; 3.3) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know a broad variety of musical works, composers, and performers that have been influenced by ethnic cultures in Missouri, the United States and around the world (such as, Scott Joplin, ragtime; Bela Bartok, Hungarian folk styles; Igor Stravinsky, Russian peasant music; and Count Basie, Kansas City jazz). (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Describe how a selected group of composers, performers, and/or musical works have been affected by different ethnic influences (1.6; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.4. Know how music serves a variety of functions in society. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Select music that is appropriate for several different functions in the community such as weddings, funerals, parades, or different school functions (1.5; 3.8) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that traditional acoustic instruments depend on their shape, material, overtone series, and mode of creating vibration to produce unique timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Identify relationships between materials used to construct and play instruments (e.g., wood, metal, plastic) and the sound created (2.3)

II.B.2. Know that while many combinations of musical elements are possible specific groupings have evolved. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Recognize the sounds of ensembles and instrument combinations (1.9)

II.B.2.b. Identify textures both aurally and visually (1.9)

II.B.3. Know that melodies can be described using objective terms (e.g., internal size and type, range) and more subjective concepts (e.g., intonation). (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Expand the repertoire of melodic concepts identified aurally and visually (e.g., intonation judgments, identifying specific melodic intervals)

II.B.4. Know that implied rules exist for audience behaviors and differ according to the setting (a piano recital vs. a jazz concert). (FA 2)

II.B.4.a. Practice audience etiquette in selected settings (4.3) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know that quality in music may be determined by analyzing pieces for well crafted and creative uses of expressive elements such as harmony, melody, rhythm, form, and performance practice. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Continue to develop knowledge of elements used by composers to create expressiveness in music (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2)

II.C.1.b. Apply evaluative criteria to select pieces to explain personal reactions to that music. (4.1; 4.4) (FA 3)

II.C.2. Know that expressive elements can be applied in appropriate places to students' performances, compositions, and improvisations. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Identify and apply expressive elements where appropriate to students' musical products (3.2; 3.3)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Sing or play an instrument in small and large ensembles with technical accuracy and expression through proper sound production (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 3 or more parts (1.6; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.6; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 2)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Sing or play at sight simple rhythms and melodies with skips based on intervals in the major scale (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.3.b. Notate given rhythmic and melodic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Sing or play simple melodic embellishments and rhythmic variations for given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys (1.6; 1.8; 2.1; 2.2; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Create sound collages (a collection of sounds assembled from multiple sources such as voice, instruments, environmental sounds, and created sounds), using traditional and/or nontraditional notation and instrumentation. (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 1.10; 2.1; 2.2; 2.5; 2.8; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to research cultural and historical differences to support improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Describe and compare universal characters and situations in dramas from and about various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Explore how theatre reflects a culture through various means, such as improvised and scripted scenes (1.8) (FA 5)

III.A.2. Know how to analyze the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Examine how theatre allows participants and audiences to investigate emotions and behaviors (1.10) (FA 2)

III.A.3. Know how culture affects the content and production values of dramatic performances. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify cultural aspects which modify the content of theatrical performances (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.4. Know how social concepts such as cooperation, communication, collaboration, consensus, self-esteem, risk taking, sympathy and empathy apply in theatre and daily life. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Understand context by analyzing the role of theatrical endeavors in the community and in other cultures (2.1) (FA 5)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know various elements in theatre and related arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Incorporate elements of dance, music and visual arts to express ideas and emotions in improvised and scripted scenes (2.3, 2.5) (FA 2)

III.B.2. Know how the nondramatic art forms are modified to enhance the expression of ideas in theatre art. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Describe characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre, musical theatre, dramatic media, dance, and visual arts (2.4) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and compare art forms by analyzing methods of presentation and audience response for theatre, dramatic media and other art forms. (FA 4)

III.B.3.a. Explore and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in several fine art forms (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and practice preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Express and compare personal reactions to several class projects (2.3; 4.8) (FA 2)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Know how to derive meanings from improvised and scripted scenes and from theatre, film, television and electronic media productions. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.1.a. Describe and evaluate the perceived effectiveness of students' contributions (as playwrights, actors, designers, and directors) to the collaborative process of developing improvised and scripted scenes (2.4; 2.5; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 1)

III.C.2. Know the meanings constructed from their own, and others, dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.2.a. Use articulated criteria to describe, analyze and constructively evaluate the perceived effectiveness of artistic choices found in dramatic performances (3.7) (FA 2, 3)

III.C.3. Know effective publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to garner audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.3.a. Describe the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (3.8; 4.8) (FA 3, 4)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know enough acting skills to portray characters who interact in improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Develop characters, environments and actions that create tension and suspense; refine and record dialogue and action (2.2; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.2. Know environments for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Propose focused ideas for the environment using visual elements (line, texture, color, space), visual principles (repetition, balance, emphasis, contrast, unity) and aural qualities (pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, expression ) from traditional and nontraditional sources (2.1; 3.3; 4.7) (FA 2, 4)

III.D.3. Know the functions and interrelated nature of scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup in creating an environment appropriate for the drama. (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Work collaboratively and safely to select and create elements of scenery, properties, lighting and sound to signify environments, and costumes and makeup to suggest character (2.7; 4.6; 4.7) (FA 1, 2)

III.D.4. Know how to analyze improvised and scripted scenes for technical requirements. Know text, interpretation, and artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Create improvisations and scripted scenes based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.4; 2.5; 2.6) (FA 5)

III.D.4.b. Use coding to designate technical requirements for scripts (3.1; 3.2) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to organize rehearsals for improvised and scripted scenes. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Lead small groups in planning visual and aural elements and in rehearsing improvised and scripted scenes, demonstrating social, group and consensus skills (3.6; 4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.5.b. Practice effective stage management and design promotional techniques (3.8) (FA 3)

III.D.6. Know acting skills (such as imagination, focus, listening, concentration, breath control, diction, body alignment, control of isolated body parts) to develop characterizations that suggest artistic choices. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze descriptions, dialogue and actions to discover, articulate and justify character motivation and invent character behaviors based on the observation of interactions, ethical choices and emotional responses of people (2.3; 4.5) (FA 5)

III.D.7. Know skills and discipline needed to pursue vocational and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Interpret the knowledge, skills and discipline needed to pursue careers and avocational opportunities in theatre, film, television and electronic media (2.6; 2.7; 4.8) (FA 4)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know themes and symbols from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Compare the treatment of themes in art among different periods or cultures (1.1; 1.5; 2.2; 3.5)

IV.A.1.b. Identify and categorize artists, movements, and art forms found in the United States and other cultures (1.1; 2.4; 4.4)

IV.A.2. Know that artists make contributions to society by conceiving ideas, elaborating on them, and refining them. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Recognize major events in the history of art and their impact on civilization (1.5; 1.7; 4.3)

IV.A.2.b. Demonstrate understanding that art reflects the relationship between artists and their culture (political, religious, economic, geographic) (1.6; 2.2; 3.6; 4.4)

IV.A.3. Know the general style and/or period of major works of art from various cultures. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Make statements about the functions of particular works of art in the cultures which produced them (1.2; 2.4; 3.2)

IV.A.3.b. Name the style that most closely characterizes a work of art or architecture (1.1)

IV.A.4. Know other cultures that reflect diverse developments in the culture of the United States. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Explain the effects of technological advances on the development of styles of art, artists, or art movements (2.7)

IV.A.4.b. Identify a style of art or architecture that may have influenced specific subsequent styles (1.4; 3.8)

IV.A.5. Know the function of visual arts in the vocational and avocational fields in the community. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical printing methods in the community (1.3; 4.1)

IV.A.5.b. Demonstrate a variety of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.1; 2.1)

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know art criticism. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Recognize and indicate organizational features of works of art as they relate to specific periods of art (1.8) (FA 3)

IV.B.1.b. Describe and interpret how art qualities and subject matter function together to give a work its own expression (1.6) (FA 3)

IV.B.2. Know art criticism through the work of individual artists. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Demonstrate through art criticism, inherent qualities in human products vs. machine-made products (4.1) (FA 2)

IV.B.2.b. Recognize major figures and works and understand their significance related to a medium (2.1) (FA 4)

IV.B.3. Know how to critically analyze the artworks of various cultures. (FA2)

IV.B.3.a. Interpret meaning in works of art (1.9) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.3.b. Demonstrate the use of increasingly complex criteria for judging works of art (1.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4. Know how to compare two or more artworks of different media, artists, and style. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Select works that are similar or different in composition or organization and critique them (2.1) (FA 2, 3)

IV.B.4.b. Demonstrate a realistic concept of the computers' usefulness and limitations to the artist (1.4; 2.7) (FA 1)

IV.B.5. Know how people are involved in the visual arts within a community. (FA 2)

IV.B.5.a. Describe the positive roles of the visual arts, past and present (2.4) (FA 4, 5)

IV.B.5.b. Describe the active roles of artists, patrons, curators, and gallery owners (4.3) (FA 4)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Describe the relationship between the aesthetic elements and principles in art products (1.5) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.1.b. Perceive and describe formal qualities and expressive content in art products (2.2) (FA 2, 3)

IV.C.2. Know art media and processes. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Demonstrate technical skills needed to create products with aesthetic integrity (1.9) (FA 3)

IV.C.2.b. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of art in influencing the quality of everyday life (1.10) (FA 4)

IV.C.3. Know artistic moods. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Apply knowledge of varied media and tools to produce a specific visual statement (2.5) (FA 1)

IV.C.3.b. Describe how the formal qualities and subject matter function together to give a work of art its own expressive quality (4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.4. Know aesthetic similarities and differences. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Demonstrate refinement in perception of the means by which visual relationships are expressed (2.2) (FA 3)

IV.C.4.b. Demonstrate mastery of techniques for researching information about art, artists, art events, and art history (1.4) (FA 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): Students use different media, technology, techniques, and processes to communicate ideas, experiences, and concepts. They learn to make choices that enhance communication of ideas. As students gain related knowledge and skills, they gain in their ability to make applications in the visual arts.

IV.D.1. Know the elements and principles of design. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Produce works of art incorporating particular subject matter, such as objects, themes, events, ideas, symbols, or allegories (2.1) (FA 3)

IV.D.1.b. Describe how the elements and principles of art are used in a work to make a personal statement (2.4) (FA 2)

IV.D.2. Know media, methods, and reasons for choices. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Describe the media, tools, techniques, and processes employed in producing particular works of art, and explain the historical advancement that preceded their use (1.9) (FA 3, 4, 5)

IV.D.2.b. Produce two- and three-dimensional works of art with a particular composition, subject matter, expressive quality, or expressive content (2.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.3. Know environmental design. (FA, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Demonstrate the ability to use spatial relationships (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.b. Produce artwork that represents spatial concepts (3.6) (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4. Know career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.4.a. Understand a variety of electronic and mechanical art career opportunities (1.4; 2.6)

IV.D.4.b. Understand that quality art reflects future relationships between artists and their opportunities for employment (2.6)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from two different styles or traditions (e.g., ballet, square, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, modern). (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Perform or discuss with clarity and visual assistance the traditions and techniques of a classical dance form (e.g., Balinese dance, or ballet) (2.1)

I.A.1.b. Identify and demonstrate longer and more complex steps and patterns from two different dance styles/traditions (2.5) (FA 2)

I.A.1.c. Identify from resources in one's own community (such as people, books, videos) a folk dance from a different culture or a social dance of a different time period and the cultural/historical context of that dance, effectively sharing the dance and its context with one's peers (2.3)

I.A.2. Know the role of dance in at least two different non-European cultures or time periods. ( FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a time line illustrating important dance events in the twentieth century, placing them in their social/historical/cultural/ political contexts (1.8) (FA 4)

I.A.3. Know modern-day dance trends in at least one cultural context. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Using a computer word-processing program, create twenty-five questions about dance and dancers in world history (2.7)

I.A.4. Know similarities and differences between two contemporary theatrical forms of dance. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Compare and contrast the role and significance of dance in two different world cultures, such as: Western European and Native American (2.4)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know at least three choreographers from world dance history who have used at least one choreographic form listed in these standards, and be familiar with at least one dance by each choreographer. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.1.a. Analyze the style of a choreographer or cultural form, then create a dance in that style (2.5)

I.B.2. Know how dance and dancers are portrayed in contemporary media. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Analyze historical and cultural images of the body in dance and compare these to images of the body in contemporary media (2.4) (FA 5)

I.B.3. Know advanced dance composition terms such as motif, theme and variations, palindrome, chance, structured improvisation, form and function, and stream of consciousness. (FA 2)

I.B.3.a. Create a dance and revise it over time, articulating the reasons for the artistic decisions and what was lost and gained by those decisions (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4. Know commonalties and differences between dance and other disciplines with regard to fundamental concepts such as materials, elements, and ways of communicating meaning. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.4.a. Establish a set of aesthetic criteria and apply it in evaluating their own work and that of others (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4.b. Discuss how skills developed in dance are applicable to a variety of careers outside of the dance world (4.8)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know how personal experience influences the interpretation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Reflect upon their own progress and personal growth during their study of dance (3.3)

I.C.1.b. Compare and contrast how meaning is communicated in an example of one's own choreographic work and a work by another student (2.3)

I.C.2. Know several ways in which an artist's personal preconceptions and social or economical pressures can affect the creation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Create a dance that effectively communicates a contemporary social theme (2.5) (FA 1)

I.C.2.b. Accurately describe how a choreographer manipulates and develops the basic movement content in a dance (3.1)

I.C.3. Know that a dance creates and conveys meaning by considering the dance from a variety of perspectives.

I.C.3.a. Formulate and answer critical questions such as: What is it that makes a particular dance, that dance? How much can one change a dance before it becomes a different dance? (3.1)

I.C.3.b. Formulate and answer questions about how movement choices communicates abstract ideas in dance (2.4)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the choreographic definition of terms such as contrast, transition, reordering, dynamics, positive and negative space, complementary designs. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Choreograph a dance for two or more dancers with coherence and aesthetic unity, demonstrating an understanding of choreographic principles, processes and structures (2.5)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of at least one type of dance chosen from world cultures, such as ballet, jazz, modern, or flamenco dance. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from at least one tradition (such as ballet, folk, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, or Modern dance) (1.9) (FA 5)

I.D.2.b. Perform technical skills with artistic expression, demonstrating basic levels of clarity, musicality, rhythmic acuity, projection, and stylistic nuance (2.1)

I.D.2.c. Use improvisation to generate movement for choreography (2.5)

I.D.3. Know alternative fitness and warm-up methods, such as yoga, t'ai-chi, aerobics, weight training, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Discuss ways in which dance training can benefit all human beings, regardless of their interest in pursuing a career in dance (4.7)

I.D.4. Know the basic outline of a dance technique class, including technical elements, sequence, and terminology as well as the structure elements of warm-up, floor work, centre work, and phrases/combinations. (FA 1)

I.D.4.a. Refine technique through self-evaluation and correction (3.1) (FA 1)

I.D.5. Know the effects of health choices such as diet, exercise and drug use on the body. (FA 1)

I.D.5.a. Be able to write an essay or deliver a lecture on the effects of steroid use on the human body in both the short and long periods of time (3.2) (FA 3)

I.D.6. Know appropriate uses of the technology available to assist the choreographer in the modern world, including video, computers, audio, lighting, lasers, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.6.a. Demonstrate a basic familiarity with the theater environment, including backstage behavior, basic lighting and sound functions, and the names of the parts of the theater (1.9)

I.D.6.b. Use appropriate computer software to create sample dance organization budgets (2.7)

I.D.7. Know how to properly care and heal, minor to major, dance injuries. (FA1)

I.D.7.a. Assess the severity of an injury and take proper steps to minimize further injury (3.4)

I.D.8. Know related career field options. (FA 1)

I.D.8.a. Demonstrate basic skills pertinent to the lighting, costumes, sets, and administration of dance

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know the elements of and the techniques used to create and perform musical works that represent contemporary and historical Western and non-Western styles, and know exemplary composers and performers of these styles. (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Compare selected musical works, composers, or performers by indicating musical elements and techniques used in the works or by the composers or performers that categorize them by style or historical context (1.6; 3.1) (FA 2)

II.A.2. Know how national influences are affected in various forms of music, modes of performance, and individual composers and performers, both contemporary and historical. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Describe how national influences, throughout history, affect various musical works, composers, and performers (2.4; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know the similar and contrasting elements and techniques used to express ethnic influences in musical works by composers and performers in the United States and in other world cultures. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Compare musical works, composers, or performers of different ethnic influences by distinguishing the similar and different musical elements and techniques utilized (1.5; 2.4) (FA 3)

II.A.4. Know how the various functions of music have developed throughout history and in different social climates. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Trace the historical development of several musical works conceived to perform a specific function (1.2; 2.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that as common practices are established in music, composers and performers move beyond them to continually surprise and challenge the listener. Examples would include changing and irregular meters, modulation, irregular modulation and atonality. These elements as well as harmonic dissonance and unusual timbre create the tension and release patterns which give music its vitality. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Discuss the elements contributing to expression in examples of music presented in aural and written form (2.4)

II.B.1.b. Further expand knowledge of forms in order to identify more complex forms (1.6) (FA 4)

II.B.2. Know that new instruments (e.g., synthesizers) allow users to develop new waveforms and envelopes to create unusual timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify scientific characteristics (acoustic properties) of sound (1.10)

II.B.3. Know that different cultural events have different functions and consequently different audience expectations allowing audience members to know how and why to react. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Contrast/compare the reasons for different audience behavior in various settings (4.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know how to compare pieces from their own environment and use technology and analysis techniques to justify why selected pieces are worthy of attention. These analyses should include the expressive qualities of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Select music from a variety of styles found in daily life and use music vocabulary to document reasons for listening choices (1.10)

II.C.2. Know how to critique their own playing and composing for presence or lack of aesthetic components and alter the performance in subsequent presentations to enhance the quality of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Select and defend expressive ways of producing music in personal performances and compositions (2.4)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Demonstrate continuing technical development of vocal or instrumental proficiency when singing or playing an instrument, alone and in small and large ensembles, accurately and independently, with expression and technical accuracy (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 4 or more parts (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, diction/articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Read and perform individual parts in a vocal or instrumental ensemble from increasingly complex musical scores (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation or music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Improvise on a familiar tune using a chosen performance medium (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.b. Improvise rhythmic and melodic variations on given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major key signatures using a chosen medium (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3,7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.c. Utilize diverse traditional, nontraditional, and/or electronic sound sources to improvise or compose (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Compose alterations and variations in existing notation and/or notation of their own invention for traditional and nontraditional sound sources (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to evaluate and synthesize cultural and historical information to support artistic choices. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Compare how similar themes are treated in drama from various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Illustrate with informal performances (2.1; 2.5) (FA 2)

III.A.1.c. Discuss how theatre can reveal universal concepts (1.7) (FA 4)

III.A.2. Know the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by evaluating the role of theatrical endeavors in the past and in the present (1.10) (FA 5)

III.A.3. Know and compare the lives, works and influence of representative theatrical artists in various cultures and historical periods, such as Shakespeare, Moliere, Sophocles, Ibsen, Wilde, Shaw, O'Neill. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify and research cultural, historical, and symbolic clues in dramatic texts (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.3.b. Evaluate the validity and practicality of the information to assist in making artistic choices for informal and formal productions (3.7) (FA 2)

III.A.4. Know the cultural and historical sources pertaining to American theatre and musical theatre. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Investigate cultural and historical sources of American theatre and musical theatre (3.2) (FA 5)

III.A.5. Know various aspects of theatre productions through classroom and out-of-classroom theatrical activities.

III.A.5.a. Analyze the effect of their own cultural experiences on their dramatic work (3.3) (FA 3)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know the basic nature, materials, elements and means of communicating in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and the visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Demonstrate characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre and related arts (2.3) (FA 3)

III.B.2. Know how to modify nondramatic art forms to enhance the expression of ideas and emotions in the theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Illustrate the integration of several arts media in informal presentations (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and integrate art forms by analyzing traditional theatre, dance, music, visual arts and new art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Describe and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and visual arts (2.6) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and effectively incorporate preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Clarify personal reactions to several art forms (4.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Construct social meanings from informal and formal productions and from dramatic performances from a variety of cultures and historical periods, and relate to current personal, national and international issues. (FA 3)

III.C.1.a. Compare, critique and construct meanings from informal and formal theatre, film, television and electronic media productions (2.3; 2.4; 3.5) (FA 3)

III.C.2. Know and use effects of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to elicit audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3)

III.C.2.a. Examine the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (2.6; 4.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

III.C.3. Know their own and others' collaborative efforts and artistic choices in informal and formal production. (FA 3)

III.C.3.a. Analyze and critique the whole and the parts of dramatic performances, taking into account the context and constructively suggest alternative artistic choices (2.2; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1, 2, 3)

III.C.4. Known their own person aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.4.a. Articulate and justify personal aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement (2.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know how to communicate and sustain characters in improvisations and informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Improvise, write and refine scripts based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know artistic interpretations for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Construct imaginative scripts and collaborate with actors to refine scripts so that story and meaning are conveyed to an audience (2.1; 3.2) (FA 1)

III.D.2.b. Design coherent stage management, promotional and business plans (3.8) (FA 1)

III.D.3. Know the basic physical and chemical properties of the technical aspects of theatre (light, color, electricity, paint and makeup). (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Apply technical knowledge and skills to collaboratively and safely create functional scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup (4.6; 4.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know a variety of dramatic texts from cultural and historical perspectives to determine production requirements. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Justify selections of text, interpretation and visual and aural artistic choices (3.4) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Develop designs that use visual and aural elements to convey environments that clearly support the text (3.7) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to interpret dramatic texts and organizing and conducting rehearsals for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Effectively communicate directorial choices to a small ensemble for improvised or scripted scenes (4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.6. Know and demonstrate various classical and contemporary acting techniques and methods. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in dramatic texts from various genre and media (1.8) (FA 3)

III.D.7. Know theatrical careers for vocational or avocational enjoyment. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Determine attributes, interests and talents necessary for potential theatrical careers (1.10; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know that a variety of cultural themes and artistic styles exist. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Analyze themes in works of art from different times and cultures (1.9) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2. Know that throughout history, artists have made significant contributions to society. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Identify artists who have achieved regional, national, and international recognition; the roles they have played as well as the ways their works have influenced thinking (1.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know a variety of ways in which historical and current issues are addressed in the world of art. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Describe how artists' styles and the content of their works are influenced by past and present cultures (1.10; 3.5) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.b. Describe the function and meanings of specific art objects from varied cultures, times, and places. (2.4) (FA 2, 4, 5)

IV.A.4. Know that there are numerous functions for the visual arts within our communities. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Identify and describe artistic contributions made by local community members (2.1; 2.4) (FA 2, 3, 5)

IV.A.5. Know that situations in contemporary life frequently relate to the historical and cultural contexts of the visual arts. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Discuss contemporary trends in American art as a reflection of diverse developments in our culture (2.3) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.b. Differentiate among a variety of historical and cultural contexts in terms of characteristics and purposes of works of art (1.2) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6. Know how the visual arts can assist in developing an in-depth understanding of the world in which students live. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6.a. Analyze relationships of works of art to one another in terms of history, aesthetics, and culture, justifying conclusions and using such conclusions to inform their own art-making

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know the vocabularies and concepts associated with various types of visual art works. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Reflect on how artworks differ visually, spatially, temporally, and functionally, and describe how these are related to history and culture (1.9) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.B.1.b. Compare the materials, technologies, and processes of the visual arts to those of other arts disciplines (1.5) (FA 2, 4)

IV.B.2. Know processes for evaluating final products in terms of media, methods, and choices. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify and discuss media used by artists to create works of art (3.4) (FA 1)

IV.B.2.b. Differentiate and analyze subtle characteristics of visual arts between two or more works of art from different artists/cultures (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3. Know how to communicate in various visual, oral, and written formats. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Describe works of art in ways that show knowledge of organizational principles and context (personal, social, cultural, historical) (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3.b. Apply subjects, symbols and ideas in their artworks and use the skills gained to solve problems in daily life (3.3) (FA 1, 5)

IV.B.4. Know about career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Understand that individuals 'make their living' as producing painters, graphic artists, designers, craftspeople, museum curators, restorers, art critics, etc. (4.8) (FA 1)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know processes for posing questions that effectively examine works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Explain and defend personal responses to works of art (2.2; 4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.b. Illustrate how responses to artworks may be both positive and negative. (2.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.c. Describe meanings of artworks by analyzing how specific works are created and how they relate to historical and cultural contexts (2.4; 4.1) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.1.d. Identify intentions of those creating artworks, explore the implications of various purposes and justify their analyses of purposes in particular works (3.6) (FA 3, 5)

IV.C.2. Know that art works may be classified as representational, nonobjective, or abstract. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Examine artworks for comparison among theme, style, and subject matter (1.10) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.3. Know more sophisticated ideas about visual relationships. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Analyze relationships between form, function, and media in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.3.b. Compare and contrast visual and tactile qualities in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4. Know processes for evaluating artists character and aesthetic qualities in works of art, nature, and human-made environments. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Compare the visual qualities of varied manufactured products (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4.b. Reflect analytically on various interpretations as a means for understanding and evaluating works of visual art (1.7) (FA 3)

IV.C.5. Know the nature of human involvement in art as viewers, creators, and participants. (FA 3)

IV.C.5.a. Discuss why people create (2.4) (FA 3)

IV.C.5.b. Identify and discuss visual images used for communication (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 5)

IV.C.5.c. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient confidence and sensitivity so that their intentions can be carried out in speaking or writing (2.1; 2.5) (FA1, 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades 9-12, students develop deeper and more profound works of visual art that reflect the maturation of their creative and problem-solving skills. As a component of the Product/Performance strand, students at the high school level continue to develop skills in use of media, techniques, technology, and processes. They study the structures and functions (elements and principles) of art.

IV.D.1. Know how to employ two- and three-dimensional processes at a more sophisticated level. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Demonstrate control of art media in a way that emphasizes good craftsmanship (3.2) (FA 1)

IV.D.1.b. Successfully demonstrate a variety of two-dimensional art techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.c. Successfully demonstrate a variety of three-dimensional art techniques using a variety of additive and subtractive processes to connect/ combine materials (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.d. Use a variety of techniques (drawing, computers) that demonstrate the use of lines, shapes, forms, and depict the illusion of depth (space) (2.5; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.e. Demonstrate competency in a printmaking technique. (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.f. Successfully demonstrate a variety of painting techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.g. Produce a graphic design that demonstrates effective use of motifs (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2. Know how to organize the elements and principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Create effective compositions using specified structures and functions (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2.b. Create artworks that use organizational principles and functions to solve specific visual arts problems. (2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.3. Know how to employ a wide range of subject matter, symbols, and meaningful images into their artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify a variety of sources for ideas and demonstrate how these sources help produce new ideas. (3.4; 4.4) (FA 3, 4)

IV.D.4. Know how the visual arts can be used to reflect their feelings and ideas.

IV.D.4.a. Independently select appropriate materials, tools, and processes to express feelings (1.10; 3.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient skill, confidence, and sensitivity so that their intentions are carried out in their artworks (3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.5. Know how to employ a higher level of ability to evaluate their own artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Evaluate the effectiveness of artworks in terms of organizational structures and functions. (2.4; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate the ability to form and defend judgments about the characteristics and structures to accomplish commercial, personal, communal, or other purposes of art (1.9; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.6. Know the multifaceted interplay of different media, styles, and forms. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Demonstrate, analyze, and explain multiple solutions to an intended outcome (2.1; 2.2) (FA 1, 3)

IV.D.6.b. Conceive and create works of visual art that demonstrate an understanding of how the communication of their ideas relates to the media, techniques, and processes they use (2.5; 3.6) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.6.c. Effectively prepare artworks for display (2.1; 4.6) ( FA 1)

IV.D.7. Know the techniques and processes used in the creation of their artwork. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Identify and describe problems encountered in art production and develop/demonstrate solutions (3.1; 4.6) (FA 1)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from two different styles or traditions (e.g., ballet, square, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, modern). (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Perform or discuss with clarity and visual assistance the traditions and techniques of a classical dance form (e.g., Balinese dance, or ballet) (2.1)

I.A.1.b. Identify and demonstrate longer and more complex steps and patterns from two different dance styles/traditions (2.5) (FA 2)

I.A.1.c. Identify from resources in one's own community (such as people, books, videos) a folk dance from a different culture or a social dance of a different time period and the cultural/historical context of that dance, effectively sharing the dance and its context with one's peers (2.3)

I.A.2. Know the role of dance in at least two different non-European cultures or time periods. ( FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a time line illustrating important dance events in the twentieth century, placing them in their social/historical/cultural/ political contexts (1.8) (FA 4)

I.A.3. Know modern-day dance trends in at least one cultural context. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Using a computer word-processing program, create twenty-five questions about dance and dancers in world history (2.7)

I.A.4. Know similarities and differences between two contemporary theatrical forms of dance. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Compare and contrast the role and significance of dance in two different world cultures, such as: Western European and Native American (2.4)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know at least three choreographers from world dance history who have used at least one choreographic form listed in these standards, and be familiar with at least one dance by each choreographer. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.1.a. Analyze the style of a choreographer or cultural form, then create a dance in that style (2.5)

I.B.2. Know how dance and dancers are portrayed in contemporary media. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Analyze historical and cultural images of the body in dance and compare these to images of the body in contemporary media (2.4) (FA 5)

I.B.3. Know advanced dance composition terms such as motif, theme and variations, palindrome, chance, structured improvisation, form and function, and stream of consciousness. (FA 2)

I.B.3.a. Create a dance and revise it over time, articulating the reasons for the artistic decisions and what was lost and gained by those decisions (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4. Know commonalties and differences between dance and other disciplines with regard to fundamental concepts such as materials, elements, and ways of communicating meaning. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.4.a. Establish a set of aesthetic criteria and apply it in evaluating their own work and that of others (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4.b. Discuss how skills developed in dance are applicable to a variety of careers outside of the dance world (4.8)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know how personal experience influences the interpretation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Reflect upon their own progress and personal growth during their study of dance (3.3)

I.C.1.b. Compare and contrast how meaning is communicated in an example of one's own choreographic work and a work by another student (2.3)

I.C.2. Know several ways in which an artist's personal preconceptions and social or economical pressures can affect the creation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Create a dance that effectively communicates a contemporary social theme (2.5) (FA 1)

I.C.2.b. Accurately describe how a choreographer manipulates and develops the basic movement content in a dance (3.1)

I.C.3. Know that a dance creates and conveys meaning by considering the dance from a variety of perspectives.

I.C.3.a. Formulate and answer critical questions such as: What is it that makes a particular dance, that dance? How much can one change a dance before it becomes a different dance? (3.1)

I.C.3.b. Formulate and answer questions about how movement choices communicates abstract ideas in dance (2.4)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the choreographic definition of terms such as contrast, transition, reordering, dynamics, positive and negative space, complementary designs. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Choreograph a dance for two or more dancers with coherence and aesthetic unity, demonstrating an understanding of choreographic principles, processes and structures (2.5)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of at least one type of dance chosen from world cultures, such as ballet, jazz, modern, or flamenco dance. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from at least one tradition (such as ballet, folk, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, or Modern dance) (1.9) (FA 5)

I.D.2.b. Perform technical skills with artistic expression, demonstrating basic levels of clarity, musicality, rhythmic acuity, projection, and stylistic nuance (2.1)

I.D.2.c. Use improvisation to generate movement for choreography (2.5)

I.D.3. Know alternative fitness and warm-up methods, such as yoga, t'ai-chi, aerobics, weight training, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Discuss ways in which dance training can benefit all human beings, regardless of their interest in pursuing a career in dance (4.7)

I.D.4. Know the basic outline of a dance technique class, including technical elements, sequence, and terminology as well as the structure elements of warm-up, floor work, centre work, and phrases/combinations. (FA 1)

I.D.4.a. Refine technique through self-evaluation and correction (3.1) (FA 1)

I.D.5. Know the effects of health choices such as diet, exercise and drug use on the body. (FA 1)

I.D.5.a. Be able to write an essay or deliver a lecture on the effects of steroid use on the human body in both the short and long periods of time (3.2) (FA 3)

I.D.6. Know appropriate uses of the technology available to assist the choreographer in the modern world, including video, computers, audio, lighting, lasers, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.6.a. Demonstrate a basic familiarity with the theater environment, including backstage behavior, basic lighting and sound functions, and the names of the parts of the theater (1.9)

I.D.6.b. Use appropriate computer software to create sample dance organization budgets (2.7)

I.D.7. Know how to properly care and heal, minor to major, dance injuries. (FA1)

I.D.7.a. Assess the severity of an injury and take proper steps to minimize further injury (3.4)

I.D.8. Know related career field options. (FA 1)

I.D.8.a. Demonstrate basic skills pertinent to the lighting, costumes, sets, and administration of dance

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know the elements of and the techniques used to create and perform musical works that represent contemporary and historical Western and non-Western styles, and know exemplary composers and performers of these styles. (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Compare selected musical works, composers, or performers by indicating musical elements and techniques used in the works or by the composers or performers that categorize them by style or historical context (1.6; 3.1) (FA 2)

II.A.2. Know how national influences are affected in various forms of music, modes of performance, and individual composers and performers, both contemporary and historical. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Describe how national influences, throughout history, affect various musical works, composers, and performers (2.4; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know the similar and contrasting elements and techniques used to express ethnic influences in musical works by composers and performers in the United States and in other world cultures. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Compare musical works, composers, or performers of different ethnic influences by distinguishing the similar and different musical elements and techniques utilized (1.5; 2.4) (FA 3)

II.A.4. Know how the various functions of music have developed throughout history and in different social climates. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Trace the historical development of several musical works conceived to perform a specific function (1.2; 2.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that as common practices are established in music, composers and performers move beyond them to continually surprise and challenge the listener. Examples would include changing and irregular meters, modulation, irregular modulation and atonality. These elements as well as harmonic dissonance and unusual timbre create the tension and release patterns which give music its vitality. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Discuss the elements contributing to expression in examples of music presented in aural and written form (2.4)

II.B.1.b. Further expand knowledge of forms in order to identify more complex forms (1.6) (FA 4)

II.B.2. Know that new instruments (e.g., synthesizers) allow users to develop new waveforms and envelopes to create unusual timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify scientific characteristics (acoustic properties) of sound (1.10)

II.B.3. Know that different cultural events have different functions and consequently different audience expectations allowing audience members to know how and why to react. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Contrast/compare the reasons for different audience behavior in various settings (4.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know how to compare pieces from their own environment and use technology and analysis techniques to justify why selected pieces are worthy of attention. These analyses should include the expressive qualities of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Select music from a variety of styles found in daily life and use music vocabulary to document reasons for listening choices (1.10)

II.C.2. Know how to critique their own playing and composing for presence or lack of aesthetic components and alter the performance in subsequent presentations to enhance the quality of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Select and defend expressive ways of producing music in personal performances and compositions (2.4)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Demonstrate continuing technical development of vocal or instrumental proficiency when singing or playing an instrument, alone and in small and large ensembles, accurately and independently, with expression and technical accuracy (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 4 or more parts (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, diction/articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Read and perform individual parts in a vocal or instrumental ensemble from increasingly complex musical scores (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation or music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Improvise on a familiar tune using a chosen performance medium (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.b. Improvise rhythmic and melodic variations on given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major key signatures using a chosen medium (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3,7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.c. Utilize diverse traditional, nontraditional, and/or electronic sound sources to improvise or compose (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Compose alterations and variations in existing notation and/or notation of their own invention for traditional and nontraditional sound sources (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to evaluate and synthesize cultural and historical information to support artistic choices. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Compare how similar themes are treated in drama from various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Illustrate with informal performances (2.1; 2.5) (FA 2)

III.A.1.c. Discuss how theatre can reveal universal concepts (1.7) (FA 4)

III.A.2. Know the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by evaluating the role of theatrical endeavors in the past and in the present (1.10) (FA 5)

III.A.3. Know and compare the lives, works and influence of representative theatrical artists in various cultures and historical periods, such as Shakespeare, Moliere, Sophocles, Ibsen, Wilde, Shaw, O'Neill. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify and research cultural, historical, and symbolic clues in dramatic texts (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.3.b. Evaluate the validity and practicality of the information to assist in making artistic choices for informal and formal productions (3.7) (FA 2)

III.A.4. Know the cultural and historical sources pertaining to American theatre and musical theatre. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Investigate cultural and historical sources of American theatre and musical theatre (3.2) (FA 5)

III.A.5. Know various aspects of theatre productions through classroom and out-of-classroom theatrical activities.

III.A.5.a. Analyze the effect of their own cultural experiences on their dramatic work (3.3) (FA 3)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know the basic nature, materials, elements and means of communicating in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and the visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Demonstrate characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre and related arts (2.3) (FA 3)

III.B.2. Know how to modify nondramatic art forms to enhance the expression of ideas and emotions in the theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Illustrate the integration of several arts media in informal presentations (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and integrate art forms by analyzing traditional theatre, dance, music, visual arts and new art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Describe and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and visual arts (2.6) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and effectively incorporate preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Clarify personal reactions to several art forms (4.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Construct social meanings from informal and formal productions and from dramatic performances from a variety of cultures and historical periods, and relate to current personal, national and international issues. (FA 3)

III.C.1.a. Compare, critique and construct meanings from informal and formal theatre, film, television and electronic media productions (2.3; 2.4; 3.5) (FA 3)

III.C.2. Know and use effects of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to elicit audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3)

III.C.2.a. Examine the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (2.6; 4.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

III.C.3. Know their own and others' collaborative efforts and artistic choices in informal and formal production. (FA 3)

III.C.3.a. Analyze and critique the whole and the parts of dramatic performances, taking into account the context and constructively suggest alternative artistic choices (2.2; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1, 2, 3)

III.C.4. Known their own person aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.4.a. Articulate and justify personal aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement (2.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know how to communicate and sustain characters in improvisations and informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Improvise, write and refine scripts based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know artistic interpretations for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Construct imaginative scripts and collaborate with actors to refine scripts so that story and meaning are conveyed to an audience (2.1; 3.2) (FA 1)

III.D.2.b. Design coherent stage management, promotional and business plans (3.8) (FA 1)

III.D.3. Know the basic physical and chemical properties of the technical aspects of theatre (light, color, electricity, paint and makeup). (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Apply technical knowledge and skills to collaboratively and safely create functional scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup (4.6; 4.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know a variety of dramatic texts from cultural and historical perspectives to determine production requirements. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Justify selections of text, interpretation and visual and aural artistic choices (3.4) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Develop designs that use visual and aural elements to convey environments that clearly support the text (3.7) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to interpret dramatic texts and organizing and conducting rehearsals for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Effectively communicate directorial choices to a small ensemble for improvised or scripted scenes (4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.6. Know and demonstrate various classical and contemporary acting techniques and methods. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in dramatic texts from various genre and media (1.8) (FA 3)

III.D.7. Know theatrical careers for vocational or avocational enjoyment. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Determine attributes, interests and talents necessary for potential theatrical careers (1.10; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know that a variety of cultural themes and artistic styles exist. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Analyze themes in works of art from different times and cultures (1.9) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2. Know that throughout history, artists have made significant contributions to society. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Identify artists who have achieved regional, national, and international recognition; the roles they have played as well as the ways their works have influenced thinking (1.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know a variety of ways in which historical and current issues are addressed in the world of art. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Describe how artists' styles and the content of their works are influenced by past and present cultures (1.10; 3.5) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.b. Describe the function and meanings of specific art objects from varied cultures, times, and places. (2.4) (FA 2, 4, 5)

IV.A.4. Know that there are numerous functions for the visual arts within our communities. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Identify and describe artistic contributions made by local community members (2.1; 2.4) (FA 2, 3, 5)

IV.A.5. Know that situations in contemporary life frequently relate to the historical and cultural contexts of the visual arts. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Discuss contemporary trends in American art as a reflection of diverse developments in our culture (2.3) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.b. Differentiate among a variety of historical and cultural contexts in terms of characteristics and purposes of works of art (1.2) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6. Know how the visual arts can assist in developing an in-depth understanding of the world in which students live. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6.a. Analyze relationships of works of art to one another in terms of history, aesthetics, and culture, justifying conclusions and using such conclusions to inform their own art-making

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know the vocabularies and concepts associated with various types of visual art works. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Reflect on how artworks differ visually, spatially, temporally, and functionally, and describe how these are related to history and culture (1.9) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.B.1.b. Compare the materials, technologies, and processes of the visual arts to those of other arts disciplines (1.5) (FA 2, 4)

IV.B.2. Know processes for evaluating final products in terms of media, methods, and choices. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify and discuss media used by artists to create works of art (3.4) (FA 1)

IV.B.2.b. Differentiate and analyze subtle characteristics of visual arts between two or more works of art from different artists/cultures (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3. Know how to communicate in various visual, oral, and written formats. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Describe works of art in ways that show knowledge of organizational principles and context (personal, social, cultural, historical) (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3.b. Apply subjects, symbols and ideas in their artworks and use the skills gained to solve problems in daily life (3.3) (FA 1, 5)

IV.B.4. Know about career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Understand that individuals 'make their living' as producing painters, graphic artists, designers, craftspeople, museum curators, restorers, art critics, etc. (4.8) (FA 1)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know processes for posing questions that effectively examine works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Explain and defend personal responses to works of art (2.2; 4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.b. Illustrate how responses to artworks may be both positive and negative. (2.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.c. Describe meanings of artworks by analyzing how specific works are created and how they relate to historical and cultural contexts (2.4; 4.1) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.1.d. Identify intentions of those creating artworks, explore the implications of various purposes and justify their analyses of purposes in particular works (3.6) (FA 3, 5)

IV.C.2. Know that art works may be classified as representational, nonobjective, or abstract. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Examine artworks for comparison among theme, style, and subject matter (1.10) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.3. Know more sophisticated ideas about visual relationships. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Analyze relationships between form, function, and media in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.3.b. Compare and contrast visual and tactile qualities in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4. Know processes for evaluating artists character and aesthetic qualities in works of art, nature, and human-made environments. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Compare the visual qualities of varied manufactured products (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4.b. Reflect analytically on various interpretations as a means for understanding and evaluating works of visual art (1.7) (FA 3)

IV.C.5. Know the nature of human involvement in art as viewers, creators, and participants. (FA 3)

IV.C.5.a. Discuss why people create (2.4) (FA 3)

IV.C.5.b. Identify and discuss visual images used for communication (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 5)

IV.C.5.c. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient confidence and sensitivity so that their intentions can be carried out in speaking or writing (2.1; 2.5) (FA1, 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades 9-12, students develop deeper and more profound works of visual art that reflect the maturation of their creative and problem-solving skills. As a component of the Product/Performance strand, students at the high school level continue to develop skills in use of media, techniques, technology, and processes. They study the structures and functions (elements and principles) of art.

IV.D.1. Know how to employ two- and three-dimensional processes at a more sophisticated level. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Demonstrate control of art media in a way that emphasizes good craftsmanship (3.2) (FA 1)

IV.D.1.b. Successfully demonstrate a variety of two-dimensional art techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.c. Successfully demonstrate a variety of three-dimensional art techniques using a variety of additive and subtractive processes to connect/ combine materials (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.d. Use a variety of techniques (drawing, computers) that demonstrate the use of lines, shapes, forms, and depict the illusion of depth (space) (2.5; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.e. Demonstrate competency in a printmaking technique. (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.f. Successfully demonstrate a variety of painting techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.g. Produce a graphic design that demonstrates effective use of motifs (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2. Know how to organize the elements and principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Create effective compositions using specified structures and functions (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2.b. Create artworks that use organizational principles and functions to solve specific visual arts problems. (2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.3. Know how to employ a wide range of subject matter, symbols, and meaningful images into their artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify a variety of sources for ideas and demonstrate how these sources help produce new ideas. (3.4; 4.4) (FA 3, 4)

IV.D.4. Know how the visual arts can be used to reflect their feelings and ideas.

IV.D.4.a. Independently select appropriate materials, tools, and processes to express feelings (1.10; 3.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient skill, confidence, and sensitivity so that their intentions are carried out in their artworks (3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.5. Know how to employ a higher level of ability to evaluate their own artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Evaluate the effectiveness of artworks in terms of organizational structures and functions. (2.4; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate the ability to form and defend judgments about the characteristics and structures to accomplish commercial, personal, communal, or other purposes of art (1.9; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.6. Know the multifaceted interplay of different media, styles, and forms. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Demonstrate, analyze, and explain multiple solutions to an intended outcome (2.1; 2.2) (FA 1, 3)

IV.D.6.b. Conceive and create works of visual art that demonstrate an understanding of how the communication of their ideas relates to the media, techniques, and processes they use (2.5; 3.6) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.6.c. Effectively prepare artworks for display (2.1; 4.6) ( FA 1)

IV.D.7. Know the techniques and processes used in the creation of their artwork. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Identify and describe problems encountered in art production and develop/demonstrate solutions (3.1; 4.6) (FA 1)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from two different styles or traditions (e.g., ballet, square, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, modern). (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Perform or discuss with clarity and visual assistance the traditions and techniques of a classical dance form (e.g., Balinese dance, or ballet) (2.1)

I.A.1.b. Identify and demonstrate longer and more complex steps and patterns from two different dance styles/traditions (2.5) (FA 2)

I.A.1.c. Identify from resources in one's own community (such as people, books, videos) a folk dance from a different culture or a social dance of a different time period and the cultural/historical context of that dance, effectively sharing the dance and its context with one's peers (2.3)

I.A.2. Know the role of dance in at least two different non-European cultures or time periods. ( FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a time line illustrating important dance events in the twentieth century, placing them in their social/historical/cultural/ political contexts (1.8) (FA 4)

I.A.3. Know modern-day dance trends in at least one cultural context. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Using a computer word-processing program, create twenty-five questions about dance and dancers in world history (2.7)

I.A.4. Know similarities and differences between two contemporary theatrical forms of dance. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Compare and contrast the role and significance of dance in two different world cultures, such as: Western European and Native American (2.4)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know at least three choreographers from world dance history who have used at least one choreographic form listed in these standards, and be familiar with at least one dance by each choreographer. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.1.a. Analyze the style of a choreographer or cultural form, then create a dance in that style (2.5)

I.B.2. Know how dance and dancers are portrayed in contemporary media. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Analyze historical and cultural images of the body in dance and compare these to images of the body in contemporary media (2.4) (FA 5)

I.B.3. Know advanced dance composition terms such as motif, theme and variations, palindrome, chance, structured improvisation, form and function, and stream of consciousness. (FA 2)

I.B.3.a. Create a dance and revise it over time, articulating the reasons for the artistic decisions and what was lost and gained by those decisions (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4. Know commonalties and differences between dance and other disciplines with regard to fundamental concepts such as materials, elements, and ways of communicating meaning. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.4.a. Establish a set of aesthetic criteria and apply it in evaluating their own work and that of others (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4.b. Discuss how skills developed in dance are applicable to a variety of careers outside of the dance world (4.8)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know how personal experience influences the interpretation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Reflect upon their own progress and personal growth during their study of dance (3.3)

I.C.1.b. Compare and contrast how meaning is communicated in an example of one's own choreographic work and a work by another student (2.3)

I.C.2. Know several ways in which an artist's personal preconceptions and social or economical pressures can affect the creation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Create a dance that effectively communicates a contemporary social theme (2.5) (FA 1)

I.C.2.b. Accurately describe how a choreographer manipulates and develops the basic movement content in a dance (3.1)

I.C.3. Know that a dance creates and conveys meaning by considering the dance from a variety of perspectives.

I.C.3.a. Formulate and answer critical questions such as: What is it that makes a particular dance, that dance? How much can one change a dance before it becomes a different dance? (3.1)

I.C.3.b. Formulate and answer questions about how movement choices communicates abstract ideas in dance (2.4)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the choreographic definition of terms such as contrast, transition, reordering, dynamics, positive and negative space, complementary designs. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Choreograph a dance for two or more dancers with coherence and aesthetic unity, demonstrating an understanding of choreographic principles, processes and structures (2.5)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of at least one type of dance chosen from world cultures, such as ballet, jazz, modern, or flamenco dance. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from at least one tradition (such as ballet, folk, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, or Modern dance) (1.9) (FA 5)

I.D.2.b. Perform technical skills with artistic expression, demonstrating basic levels of clarity, musicality, rhythmic acuity, projection, and stylistic nuance (2.1)

I.D.2.c. Use improvisation to generate movement for choreography (2.5)

I.D.3. Know alternative fitness and warm-up methods, such as yoga, t'ai-chi, aerobics, weight training, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Discuss ways in which dance training can benefit all human beings, regardless of their interest in pursuing a career in dance (4.7)

I.D.4. Know the basic outline of a dance technique class, including technical elements, sequence, and terminology as well as the structure elements of warm-up, floor work, centre work, and phrases/combinations. (FA 1)

I.D.4.a. Refine technique through self-evaluation and correction (3.1) (FA 1)

I.D.5. Know the effects of health choices such as diet, exercise and drug use on the body. (FA 1)

I.D.5.a. Be able to write an essay or deliver a lecture on the effects of steroid use on the human body in both the short and long periods of time (3.2) (FA 3)

I.D.6. Know appropriate uses of the technology available to assist the choreographer in the modern world, including video, computers, audio, lighting, lasers, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.6.a. Demonstrate a basic familiarity with the theater environment, including backstage behavior, basic lighting and sound functions, and the names of the parts of the theater (1.9)

I.D.6.b. Use appropriate computer software to create sample dance organization budgets (2.7)

I.D.7. Know how to properly care and heal, minor to major, dance injuries. (FA1)

I.D.7.a. Assess the severity of an injury and take proper steps to minimize further injury (3.4)

I.D.8. Know related career field options. (FA 1)

I.D.8.a. Demonstrate basic skills pertinent to the lighting, costumes, sets, and administration of dance

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know the elements of and the techniques used to create and perform musical works that represent contemporary and historical Western and non-Western styles, and know exemplary composers and performers of these styles. (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Compare selected musical works, composers, or performers by indicating musical elements and techniques used in the works or by the composers or performers that categorize them by style or historical context (1.6; 3.1) (FA 2)

II.A.2. Know how national influences are affected in various forms of music, modes of performance, and individual composers and performers, both contemporary and historical. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Describe how national influences, throughout history, affect various musical works, composers, and performers (2.4; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know the similar and contrasting elements and techniques used to express ethnic influences in musical works by composers and performers in the United States and in other world cultures. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Compare musical works, composers, or performers of different ethnic influences by distinguishing the similar and different musical elements and techniques utilized (1.5; 2.4) (FA 3)

II.A.4. Know how the various functions of music have developed throughout history and in different social climates. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Trace the historical development of several musical works conceived to perform a specific function (1.2; 2.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that as common practices are established in music, composers and performers move beyond them to continually surprise and challenge the listener. Examples would include changing and irregular meters, modulation, irregular modulation and atonality. These elements as well as harmonic dissonance and unusual timbre create the tension and release patterns which give music its vitality. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Discuss the elements contributing to expression in examples of music presented in aural and written form (2.4)

II.B.1.b. Further expand knowledge of forms in order to identify more complex forms (1.6) (FA 4)

II.B.2. Know that new instruments (e.g., synthesizers) allow users to develop new waveforms and envelopes to create unusual timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify scientific characteristics (acoustic properties) of sound (1.10)

II.B.3. Know that different cultural events have different functions and consequently different audience expectations allowing audience members to know how and why to react. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Contrast/compare the reasons for different audience behavior in various settings (4.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know how to compare pieces from their own environment and use technology and analysis techniques to justify why selected pieces are worthy of attention. These analyses should include the expressive qualities of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Select music from a variety of styles found in daily life and use music vocabulary to document reasons for listening choices (1.10)

II.C.2. Know how to critique their own playing and composing for presence or lack of aesthetic components and alter the performance in subsequent presentations to enhance the quality of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Select and defend expressive ways of producing music in personal performances and compositions (2.4)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Demonstrate continuing technical development of vocal or instrumental proficiency when singing or playing an instrument, alone and in small and large ensembles, accurately and independently, with expression and technical accuracy (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 4 or more parts (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, diction/articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Read and perform individual parts in a vocal or instrumental ensemble from increasingly complex musical scores (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation or music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Improvise on a familiar tune using a chosen performance medium (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.b. Improvise rhythmic and melodic variations on given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major key signatures using a chosen medium (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3,7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.c. Utilize diverse traditional, nontraditional, and/or electronic sound sources to improvise or compose (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Compose alterations and variations in existing notation and/or notation of their own invention for traditional and nontraditional sound sources (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to evaluate and synthesize cultural and historical information to support artistic choices. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Compare how similar themes are treated in drama from various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Illustrate with informal performances (2.1; 2.5) (FA 2)

III.A.1.c. Discuss how theatre can reveal universal concepts (1.7) (FA 4)

III.A.2. Know the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by evaluating the role of theatrical endeavors in the past and in the present (1.10) (FA 5)

III.A.3. Know and compare the lives, works and influence of representative theatrical artists in various cultures and historical periods, such as Shakespeare, Moliere, Sophocles, Ibsen, Wilde, Shaw, O'Neill. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify and research cultural, historical, and symbolic clues in dramatic texts (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.3.b. Evaluate the validity and practicality of the information to assist in making artistic choices for informal and formal productions (3.7) (FA 2)

III.A.4. Know the cultural and historical sources pertaining to American theatre and musical theatre. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Investigate cultural and historical sources of American theatre and musical theatre (3.2) (FA 5)

III.A.5. Know various aspects of theatre productions through classroom and out-of-classroom theatrical activities.

III.A.5.a. Analyze the effect of their own cultural experiences on their dramatic work (3.3) (FA 3)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know the basic nature, materials, elements and means of communicating in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and the visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Demonstrate characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre and related arts (2.3) (FA 3)

III.B.2. Know how to modify nondramatic art forms to enhance the expression of ideas and emotions in the theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Illustrate the integration of several arts media in informal presentations (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and integrate art forms by analyzing traditional theatre, dance, music, visual arts and new art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Describe and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and visual arts (2.6) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and effectively incorporate preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Clarify personal reactions to several art forms (4.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Construct social meanings from informal and formal productions and from dramatic performances from a variety of cultures and historical periods, and relate to current personal, national and international issues. (FA 3)

III.C.1.a. Compare, critique and construct meanings from informal and formal theatre, film, television and electronic media productions (2.3; 2.4; 3.5) (FA 3)

III.C.2. Know and use effects of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to elicit audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3)

III.C.2.a. Examine the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (2.6; 4.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

III.C.3. Know their own and others' collaborative efforts and artistic choices in informal and formal production. (FA 3)

III.C.3.a. Analyze and critique the whole and the parts of dramatic performances, taking into account the context and constructively suggest alternative artistic choices (2.2; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1, 2, 3)

III.C.4. Known their own person aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.4.a. Articulate and justify personal aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement (2.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know how to communicate and sustain characters in improvisations and informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Improvise, write and refine scripts based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know artistic interpretations for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Construct imaginative scripts and collaborate with actors to refine scripts so that story and meaning are conveyed to an audience (2.1; 3.2) (FA 1)

III.D.2.b. Design coherent stage management, promotional and business plans (3.8) (FA 1)

III.D.3. Know the basic physical and chemical properties of the technical aspects of theatre (light, color, electricity, paint and makeup). (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Apply technical knowledge and skills to collaboratively and safely create functional scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup (4.6; 4.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know a variety of dramatic texts from cultural and historical perspectives to determine production requirements. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Justify selections of text, interpretation and visual and aural artistic choices (3.4) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Develop designs that use visual and aural elements to convey environments that clearly support the text (3.7) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to interpret dramatic texts and organizing and conducting rehearsals for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Effectively communicate directorial choices to a small ensemble for improvised or scripted scenes (4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.6. Know and demonstrate various classical and contemporary acting techniques and methods. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in dramatic texts from various genre and media (1.8) (FA 3)

III.D.7. Know theatrical careers for vocational or avocational enjoyment. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Determine attributes, interests and talents necessary for potential theatrical careers (1.10; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know that a variety of cultural themes and artistic styles exist. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Analyze themes in works of art from different times and cultures (1.9) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2. Know that throughout history, artists have made significant contributions to society. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Identify artists who have achieved regional, national, and international recognition; the roles they have played as well as the ways their works have influenced thinking (1.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know a variety of ways in which historical and current issues are addressed in the world of art. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Describe how artists' styles and the content of their works are influenced by past and present cultures (1.10; 3.5) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.b. Describe the function and meanings of specific art objects from varied cultures, times, and places. (2.4) (FA 2, 4, 5)

IV.A.4. Know that there are numerous functions for the visual arts within our communities. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Identify and describe artistic contributions made by local community members (2.1; 2.4) (FA 2, 3, 5)

IV.A.5. Know that situations in contemporary life frequently relate to the historical and cultural contexts of the visual arts. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Discuss contemporary trends in American art as a reflection of diverse developments in our culture (2.3) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.b. Differentiate among a variety of historical and cultural contexts in terms of characteristics and purposes of works of art (1.2) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6. Know how the visual arts can assist in developing an in-depth understanding of the world in which students live. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6.a. Analyze relationships of works of art to one another in terms of history, aesthetics, and culture, justifying conclusions and using such conclusions to inform their own art-making

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know the vocabularies and concepts associated with various types of visual art works. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Reflect on how artworks differ visually, spatially, temporally, and functionally, and describe how these are related to history and culture (1.9) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.B.1.b. Compare the materials, technologies, and processes of the visual arts to those of other arts disciplines (1.5) (FA 2, 4)

IV.B.2. Know processes for evaluating final products in terms of media, methods, and choices. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify and discuss media used by artists to create works of art (3.4) (FA 1)

IV.B.2.b. Differentiate and analyze subtle characteristics of visual arts between two or more works of art from different artists/cultures (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3. Know how to communicate in various visual, oral, and written formats. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Describe works of art in ways that show knowledge of organizational principles and context (personal, social, cultural, historical) (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3.b. Apply subjects, symbols and ideas in their artworks and use the skills gained to solve problems in daily life (3.3) (FA 1, 5)

IV.B.4. Know about career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Understand that individuals 'make their living' as producing painters, graphic artists, designers, craftspeople, museum curators, restorers, art critics, etc. (4.8) (FA 1)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know processes for posing questions that effectively examine works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Explain and defend personal responses to works of art (2.2; 4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.b. Illustrate how responses to artworks may be both positive and negative. (2.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.c. Describe meanings of artworks by analyzing how specific works are created and how they relate to historical and cultural contexts (2.4; 4.1) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.1.d. Identify intentions of those creating artworks, explore the implications of various purposes and justify their analyses of purposes in particular works (3.6) (FA 3, 5)

IV.C.2. Know that art works may be classified as representational, nonobjective, or abstract. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Examine artworks for comparison among theme, style, and subject matter (1.10) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.3. Know more sophisticated ideas about visual relationships. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Analyze relationships between form, function, and media in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.3.b. Compare and contrast visual and tactile qualities in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4. Know processes for evaluating artists character and aesthetic qualities in works of art, nature, and human-made environments. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Compare the visual qualities of varied manufactured products (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4.b. Reflect analytically on various interpretations as a means for understanding and evaluating works of visual art (1.7) (FA 3)

IV.C.5. Know the nature of human involvement in art as viewers, creators, and participants. (FA 3)

IV.C.5.a. Discuss why people create (2.4) (FA 3)

IV.C.5.b. Identify and discuss visual images used for communication (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 5)

IV.C.5.c. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient confidence and sensitivity so that their intentions can be carried out in speaking or writing (2.1; 2.5) (FA1, 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades 9-12, students develop deeper and more profound works of visual art that reflect the maturation of their creative and problem-solving skills. As a component of the Product/Performance strand, students at the high school level continue to develop skills in use of media, techniques, technology, and processes. They study the structures and functions (elements and principles) of art.

IV.D.1. Know how to employ two- and three-dimensional processes at a more sophisticated level. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Demonstrate control of art media in a way that emphasizes good craftsmanship (3.2) (FA 1)

IV.D.1.b. Successfully demonstrate a variety of two-dimensional art techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.c. Successfully demonstrate a variety of three-dimensional art techniques using a variety of additive and subtractive processes to connect/ combine materials (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.d. Use a variety of techniques (drawing, computers) that demonstrate the use of lines, shapes, forms, and depict the illusion of depth (space) (2.5; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.e. Demonstrate competency in a printmaking technique. (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.f. Successfully demonstrate a variety of painting techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.g. Produce a graphic design that demonstrates effective use of motifs (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2. Know how to organize the elements and principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Create effective compositions using specified structures and functions (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2.b. Create artworks that use organizational principles and functions to solve specific visual arts problems. (2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.3. Know how to employ a wide range of subject matter, symbols, and meaningful images into their artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify a variety of sources for ideas and demonstrate how these sources help produce new ideas. (3.4; 4.4) (FA 3, 4)

IV.D.4. Know how the visual arts can be used to reflect their feelings and ideas.

IV.D.4.a. Independently select appropriate materials, tools, and processes to express feelings (1.10; 3.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient skill, confidence, and sensitivity so that their intentions are carried out in their artworks (3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.5. Know how to employ a higher level of ability to evaluate their own artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Evaluate the effectiveness of artworks in terms of organizational structures and functions. (2.4; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate the ability to form and defend judgments about the characteristics and structures to accomplish commercial, personal, communal, or other purposes of art (1.9; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.6. Know the multifaceted interplay of different media, styles, and forms. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Demonstrate, analyze, and explain multiple solutions to an intended outcome (2.1; 2.2) (FA 1, 3)

IV.D.6.b. Conceive and create works of visual art that demonstrate an understanding of how the communication of their ideas relates to the media, techniques, and processes they use (2.5; 3.6) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.6.c. Effectively prepare artworks for display (2.1; 4.6) ( FA 1)

IV.D.7. Know the techniques and processes used in the creation of their artwork. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Identify and describe problems encountered in art production and develop/demonstrate solutions (3.1; 4.6) (FA 1)

MO.I.A. Dance (History Strand): Students who study the historical and social context of dance become more fully integrated members of the increasingly multicultural communities. They learn not only dance movements but the surrounding influences and issues of the cultures they are investigating.

I.A.1. Know basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from two different styles or traditions (e.g., ballet, square, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, modern). (FA 5)

I.A.1.a. Perform or discuss with clarity and visual assistance the traditions and techniques of a classical dance form (e.g., Balinese dance, or ballet) (2.1)

I.A.1.b. Identify and demonstrate longer and more complex steps and patterns from two different dance styles/traditions (2.5) (FA 2)

I.A.1.c. Identify from resources in one's own community (such as people, books, videos) a folk dance from a different culture or a social dance of a different time period and the cultural/historical context of that dance, effectively sharing the dance and its context with one's peers (2.3)

I.A.2. Know the role of dance in at least two different non-European cultures or time periods. ( FA 5)

I.A.2.a. Create a time line illustrating important dance events in the twentieth century, placing them in their social/historical/cultural/ political contexts (1.8) (FA 4)

I.A.3. Know modern-day dance trends in at least one cultural context. (FA 5)

I.A.3.a. Using a computer word-processing program, create twenty-five questions about dance and dancers in world history (2.7)

I.A.4. Know similarities and differences between two contemporary theatrical forms of dance. (FA 5)

I.A.4.a. Compare and contrast the role and significance of dance in two different world cultures, such as: Western European and Native American (2.4)

MO.I.B. Dance (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students who learn to observe dance and extract the content from movement also learn that there are many possible 'right' answers to a problem. They learn not to stop with the simplest, most superficial response but to look for more interesting connections and possibilities.

I.B.1. Know at least three choreographers from world dance history who have used at least one choreographic form listed in these standards, and be familiar with at least one dance by each choreographer. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.1.a. Analyze the style of a choreographer or cultural form, then create a dance in that style (2.5)

I.B.2. Know how dance and dancers are portrayed in contemporary media. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.2.a. Analyze historical and cultural images of the body in dance and compare these to images of the body in contemporary media (2.4) (FA 5)

I.B.3. Know advanced dance composition terms such as motif, theme and variations, palindrome, chance, structured improvisation, form and function, and stream of consciousness. (FA 2)

I.B.3.a. Create a dance and revise it over time, articulating the reasons for the artistic decisions and what was lost and gained by those decisions (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4. Know commonalties and differences between dance and other disciplines with regard to fundamental concepts such as materials, elements, and ways of communicating meaning. (FA 2, 4)

I.B.4.a. Establish a set of aesthetic criteria and apply it in evaluating their own work and that of others (4.1) (FA 3)

I.B.4.b. Discuss how skills developed in dance are applicable to a variety of careers outside of the dance world (4.8)

MO.I.C. Dance (Aesthetics Strand): Students also need to learn the many ways in which movement can hold meaning, how dance differs from other movement activities, and how dance has communicated and preserved cultural values and traditions over the millennia.

I.C.1. Know how personal experience influences the interpretation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.1.a. Reflect upon their own progress and personal growth during their study of dance (3.3)

I.C.1.b. Compare and contrast how meaning is communicated in an example of one's own choreographic work and a work by another student (2.3)

I.C.2. Know several ways in which an artist's personal preconceptions and social or economical pressures can affect the creation of a dance. (FA 3)

I.C.2.a. Create a dance that effectively communicates a contemporary social theme (2.5) (FA 1)

I.C.2.b. Accurately describe how a choreographer manipulates and develops the basic movement content in a dance (3.1)

I.C.3. Know that a dance creates and conveys meaning by considering the dance from a variety of perspectives.

I.C.3.a. Formulate and answer critical questions such as: What is it that makes a particular dance, that dance? How much can one change a dance before it becomes a different dance? (3.1)

I.C.3.b. Formulate and answer questions about how movement choices communicates abstract ideas in dance (2.4)

MO.I.D. Dance (Product/Performance Strand): Dance students learn physical skills as well as the language describing those skills. Students must also understand the elements of dance as the dancer's 'toolbox.' They learn how to move safely and with awareness of the complex marvels of the human body.

I.D.1. Know the choreographic definition of terms such as contrast, transition, reordering, dynamics, positive and negative space, complementary designs. (FA 1)

I.D.1.a. Choreograph a dance for two or more dancers with coherence and aesthetic unity, demonstrating an understanding of choreographic principles, processes and structures (2.5)

I.D.2. Know the basic terminology of at least one type of dance chosen from world cultures, such as ballet, jazz, modern, or flamenco dance. (FA 1)

I.D.2.a. Accurately identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, position, and patterns for dances from at least one tradition (such as ballet, folk, Ghanaian, Middle Eastern, or Modern dance) (1.9) (FA 5)

I.D.2.b. Perform technical skills with artistic expression, demonstrating basic levels of clarity, musicality, rhythmic acuity, projection, and stylistic nuance (2.1)

I.D.2.c. Use improvisation to generate movement for choreography (2.5)

I.D.3. Know alternative fitness and warm-up methods, such as yoga, t'ai-chi, aerobics, weight training, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.3.a. Discuss ways in which dance training can benefit all human beings, regardless of their interest in pursuing a career in dance (4.7)

I.D.4. Know the basic outline of a dance technique class, including technical elements, sequence, and terminology as well as the structure elements of warm-up, floor work, centre work, and phrases/combinations. (FA 1)

I.D.4.a. Refine technique through self-evaluation and correction (3.1) (FA 1)

I.D.5. Know the effects of health choices such as diet, exercise and drug use on the body. (FA 1)

I.D.5.a. Be able to write an essay or deliver a lecture on the effects of steroid use on the human body in both the short and long periods of time (3.2) (FA 3)

I.D.6. Know appropriate uses of the technology available to assist the choreographer in the modern world, including video, computers, audio, lighting, lasers, and others. (FA 1)

I.D.6.a. Demonstrate a basic familiarity with the theater environment, including backstage behavior, basic lighting and sound functions, and the names of the parts of the theater (1.9)

I.D.6.b. Use appropriate computer software to create sample dance organization budgets (2.7)

I.D.7. Know how to properly care and heal, minor to major, dance injuries. (FA1)

I.D.7.a. Assess the severity of an injury and take proper steps to minimize further injury (3.4)

I.D.8. Know related career field options. (FA 1)

I.D.8.a. Demonstrate basic skills pertinent to the lighting, costumes, sets, and administration of dance

MO.II.A. Music (History Strand): The history of music can be divided into specific areas, reflected by specific exemplary composers and performers and examples of works they produced that represent major styles of music. Students should develop an appreciation for these musicians, their products, and their relationships to the culture, sequentially throughout the different grade levels.

II.A.1. Know the elements of and the techniques used to create and perform musical works that represent contemporary and historical Western and non-Western styles, and know exemplary composers and performers of these styles. (FA 5)

II.A.1.a. Compare selected musical works, composers, or performers by indicating musical elements and techniques used in the works or by the composers or performers that categorize them by style or historical context (1.6; 3.1) (FA 2)

II.A.2. Know how national influences are affected in various forms of music, modes of performance, and individual composers and performers, both contemporary and historical. (FA 5)

II.A.2.a. Describe how national influences, throughout history, affect various musical works, composers, and performers (2.4; 4.1) (FA 5)

II.A.3. Know the similar and contrasting elements and techniques used to express ethnic influences in musical works by composers and performers in the United States and in other world cultures. (FA 5)

II.A.3.a. Compare musical works, composers, or performers of different ethnic influences by distinguishing the similar and different musical elements and techniques utilized (1.5; 2.4) (FA 3)

II.A.4. Know how the various functions of music have developed throughout history and in different social climates. (FA 5)

II.A.4.a. Trace the historical development of several musical works conceived to perform a specific function (1.2; 2.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.B. Music (Criticism/Analysis Strand): When listening/ critiquing skills are acquired by students, they can identify (a) characteristics which can be appreciated in their present state and (b) characteristics which need to be altered or replaced.

II.B.1. Know that as common practices are established in music, composers and performers move beyond them to continually surprise and challenge the listener. Examples would include changing and irregular meters, modulation, irregular modulation and atonality. These elements as well as harmonic dissonance and unusual timbre create the tension and release patterns which give music its vitality. (FA 2)

II.B.1.a. Discuss the elements contributing to expression in examples of music presented in aural and written form (2.4)

II.B.1.b. Further expand knowledge of forms in order to identify more complex forms (1.6) (FA 4)

II.B.2. Know that new instruments (e.g., synthesizers) allow users to develop new waveforms and envelopes to create unusual timbres. (FA 2)

II.B.2.a. Identify scientific characteristics (acoustic properties) of sound (1.10)

II.B.3. Know that different cultural events have different functions and consequently different audience expectations allowing audience members to know how and why to react. (FA 2)

II.B.3.a. Contrast/compare the reasons for different audience behavior in various settings (4.1) (FA 5)

MO.II.C. Music (Aesthetics Strand): Through practice with expressive elements, students have a chance to create and refine their own performances, improvisations and compositions. This process develops a heightened sense of awareness of quality which subsequently allows students to analyze and evaluate aesthetic qualities of objects in their environment.

II.C.1. Know how to compare pieces from their own environment and use technology and analysis techniques to justify why selected pieces are worthy of attention. These analyses should include the expressive qualities of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.1.a. Select music from a variety of styles found in daily life and use music vocabulary to document reasons for listening choices (1.10)

II.C.2. Know how to critique their own playing and composing for presence or lack of aesthetic components and alter the performance in subsequent presentations to enhance the quality of the pieces. (FA 3)

II.C.2.a. Select and defend expressive ways of producing music in personal performances and compositions (2.4)

MO.II.D. Music (Product/Performance Strand): The study of music performance can give students a lifetime of satisfying experiences. Through singing or playing an instrument, students develop individual and group problem-solving skills which are interdisciplinary translating to all areas of life.

II.D.1. Know that the elements of proper vocal/sound production (posture, breath control, diction) and/or instrumental sound production (posture, breath control, bow, stick, or embouchure control, articulation) affect the quality of musical performance. (FA 1)

II.D.1.a. Demonstrate continuing technical development of vocal or instrumental proficiency when singing or playing an instrument, alone and in small and large ensembles, accurately and independently, with expression and technical accuracy (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.2. Know that vocal/instrumental music scores are written in individual voice/instrument parts. (FA 1)

II.D.2.a. Sing and/or play music written in 4 or more parts (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.3. Know that accurate interpretation of complex standard notation symbols for pitch, rhythm, dynamics, tempo, diction/articulation, and expression provides access to increasingly difficult music. (FA 1)

II.D.3.a. Read and perform individual parts in a vocal or instrumental ensemble from increasingly complex musical scores (1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4. Know that both traditional (standard) and nontraditional (20th century or their own invention) notation apply to the creation and improvisation or music. (FA 1)

II.D.4.a. Improvise on a familiar tune using a chosen performance medium (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.4; 3.7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.b. Improvise rhythmic and melodic variations on given pentatonic melodies and melodies in major key signatures using a chosen medium (1.5; 1.6; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3,7; 4.6) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.4.c. Utilize diverse traditional, nontraditional, and/or electronic sound sources to improvise or compose (1.5; 1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

II.D.5. Know that both traditional (voice and instruments) and nontraditional (environmental sounds, household items such as pots and pans, hardware, etc.) apply to the creation and improvisation of music. (FA 1)

II.D.5.a. Compose alterations and variations in existing notation and/or notation of their own invention for traditional and nontraditional sound sources (1.6; 1.8; 2.2; 2.5; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.A. Theatre (History Strand): History involves the study of historical and cultural settings for the arts, including socioeconomic, political, ethnic, religious and philosophical considerations. Students should communicate knowledge about the role of the arts in differing cultures. Students should develop an understanding of culture and ethnic diversity.

III.A.1. Know how to evaluate and synthesize cultural and historical information to support artistic choices. (FA 5)

III.A.1.a. Compare how similar themes are treated in drama from various cultures and historical periods (1.2) (FA 5)

III.A.1.b. Illustrate with informal performances (2.1; 2.5) (FA 2)

III.A.1.c. Discuss how theatre can reveal universal concepts (1.7) (FA 4)

III.A.2. Know the emotional and social impact of dramatic events in their lives, in the community and in other cultures. (FA 5)

III.A.2.a. Understand context by evaluating the role of theatrical endeavors in the past and in the present (1.10) (FA 5)

III.A.3. Know and compare the lives, works and influence of representative theatrical artists in various cultures and historical periods, such as Shakespeare, Moliere, Sophocles, Ibsen, Wilde, Shaw, O'Neill. (FA 5)

III.A.3.a. Identify and research cultural, historical, and symbolic clues in dramatic texts (2.4) (FA 5)

III.A.3.b. Evaluate the validity and practicality of the information to assist in making artistic choices for informal and formal productions (3.7) (FA 2)

III.A.4. Know the cultural and historical sources pertaining to American theatre and musical theatre. (FA 5)

III.A.4.a. Investigate cultural and historical sources of American theatre and musical theatre (3.2) (FA 5)

III.A.5. Know various aspects of theatre productions through classroom and out-of-classroom theatrical activities.

III.A.5.a. Analyze the effect of their own cultural experiences on their dramatic work (3.3) (FA 3)

MO.III.B. Theatre (Criticism/Analysis Strand): The student should recognize, understand and apply the terminology or vocabulary of theatre. In order to develop criticism, young students need consistent instructional opportunities to examine a wide variety of forms.

III.B.1. Know the basic nature, materials, elements and means of communicating in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and the visual arts. (FA 2)

III.B.1.a. Demonstrate characteristics and compare the presentation of characters, environments and actions in theatre and related arts (2.3) (FA 3)

III.B.2. Know how to modify nondramatic art forms to enhance the expression of ideas and emotions in the theatre. (FA 2)

III.B.2.a. Illustrate the integration of several arts media in informal presentations (2.1) (FA 4)

III.B.3. Know and integrate art forms by analyzing traditional theatre, dance, music, visual arts and new art forms. (FA 2)

III.B.3.a. Describe and compare the functions and interaction of performing and visual artists and audience members in theatre, dramatic media, musical theatre, dance, music and visual arts (2.6) (FA 4)

III.B.4. Know and effectively incorporate preparation and evaluation criteria. (FA 2)

III.B.4.a. Clarify personal reactions to several art forms (4.4) (FA 3)

MO.III.C. Theatre (Aesthetics Strand): Students develop the ability to make informed judgments regarding theatre. Theatre students compare/contrast. They interpret and find meaning. They articulate, identify, define and defend criteria for one's preferences and judgments. Students understand the interdependence of works in the arts with the broader worlds of ideas and actions.

III.C.1. Construct social meanings from informal and formal productions and from dramatic performances from a variety of cultures and historical periods, and relate to current personal, national and international issues. (FA 3)

III.C.1.a. Compare, critique and construct meanings from informal and formal theatre, film, television and electronic media productions (2.3; 2.4; 3.5) (FA 3)

III.C.2. Know and use effects of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments to elicit audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances. (FA 3)

III.C.2.a. Examine the effect of publicity, study guides, programs and physical environments on audience response and appreciation of dramatic performances (2.6; 4.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

III.C.3. Know their own and others' collaborative efforts and artistic choices in informal and formal production. (FA 3)

III.C.3.a. Analyze and critique the whole and the parts of dramatic performances, taking into account the context and constructively suggest alternative artistic choices (2.2; 2.3; 2.4) (FA 1, 2, 3)

III.C.4. Known their own person aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement. (FA 3, 4)

III.C.4.a. Articulate and justify personal aesthetic criteria for critiquing dramatic texts and events that compares perceived artistic intent with the final aesthetic achievement (2.4; 3.7) (FA 1, 2, 3)

MO.III.D. Theatre (Product/Performance Strand): Students grow in their ability to comprehend their world when they experience the arts. As they create theatrical productions, they learn how to express themselves and how to communicate with others. Students develop manipulative and organizational skills through active engagement with the arts.

III.D.1. Know how to communicate and sustain characters in improvisations and informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.1.a. Improvise, write and refine scripts based on personal experience and heritage, imagination, literature and history (2.1; 3.3) (FA 5)

III.D.2. Know artistic interpretations for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.2.a. Construct imaginative scripts and collaborate with actors to refine scripts so that story and meaning are conveyed to an audience (2.1; 3.2) (FA 1)

III.D.2.b. Design coherent stage management, promotional and business plans (3.8) (FA 1)

III.D.3. Know the basic physical and chemical properties of the technical aspects of theatre (light, color, electricity, paint and makeup). (FA 1)

III.D.3.a. Apply technical knowledge and skills to collaboratively and safely create functional scenery, properties, lighting, sound, costumes and makeup (4.6; 4.7) (FA 1)

III.D.4. Know a variety of dramatic texts from cultural and historical perspectives to determine production requirements. (FA 1)

III.D.4.a. Justify selections of text, interpretation and visual and aural artistic choices (3.4) (FA 1)

III.D.4.b. Develop designs that use visual and aural elements to convey environments that clearly support the text (3.7) (FA 2)

III.D.5. Know how to interpret dramatic texts and organizing and conducting rehearsals for informal or formal productions. (FA 1)

III.D.5.a. Effectively communicate directorial choices to a small ensemble for improvised or scripted scenes (4.6) (FA 1)

III.D.6. Know and demonstrate various classical and contemporary acting techniques and methods. (FA 1)

III.D.6.a. Analyze the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in dramatic texts from various genre and media (1.8) (FA 3)

III.D.7. Know theatrical careers for vocational or avocational enjoyment. (FA 1)

III.D.7.a. Determine attributes, interests and talents necessary for potential theatrical careers (1.10; 2.6; 4.8) (FA 3)

MO.IV.A. Visual Arts (History Strand): As students move from kindergarten through the early grades, they develop skills of observation and they learn to examine the objects and events of their lives in historical progression.

IV.A.1. Know that a variety of cultural themes and artistic styles exist. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.1.a. Analyze themes in works of art from different times and cultures (1.9) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2. Know that throughout history, artists have made significant contributions to society. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.2.a. Identify artists who have achieved regional, national, and international recognition; the roles they have played as well as the ways their works have influenced thinking (1.4) (FA 5)

IV.A.3. Know a variety of ways in which historical and current issues are addressed in the world of art. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.a. Describe how artists' styles and the content of their works are influenced by past and present cultures (1.10; 3.5) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.3.b. Describe the function and meanings of specific art objects from varied cultures, times, and places. (2.4) (FA 2, 4, 5)

IV.A.4. Know that there are numerous functions for the visual arts within our communities. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.4.a. Identify and describe artistic contributions made by local community members (2.1; 2.4) (FA 2, 3, 5)

IV.A.5. Know that situations in contemporary life frequently relate to the historical and cultural contexts of the visual arts. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.a. Discuss contemporary trends in American art as a reflection of diverse developments in our culture (2.3) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.5.b. Differentiate among a variety of historical and cultural contexts in terms of characteristics and purposes of works of art (1.2) (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6. Know how the visual arts can assist in developing an in-depth understanding of the world in which students live. (FA 4, 5)

IV.A.6.a. Analyze relationships of works of art to one another in terms of history, aesthetics, and culture, justifying conclusions and using such conclusions to inform their own art-making

MO.IV.B. Visual Arts (Criticism/Analysis Strand): Students understand and evaluate influences of literature, cultural traditions, and other art forms in crafting a global visual art heritage. Students study techniques for interpreting and critiquing artworks from different times and cultures. Students continue to learn how to express subtle differences when looking at and responding to works of art.

IV.B.1. Know the vocabularies and concepts associated with various types of visual art works. (FA 2)

IV.B.1.a. Reflect on how artworks differ visually, spatially, temporally, and functionally, and describe how these are related to history and culture (1.9) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.B.1.b. Compare the materials, technologies, and processes of the visual arts to those of other arts disciplines (1.5) (FA 2, 4)

IV.B.2. Know processes for evaluating final products in terms of media, methods, and choices. (FA 2)

IV.B.2.a. Identify and discuss media used by artists to create works of art (3.4) (FA 1)

IV.B.2.b. Differentiate and analyze subtle characteristics of visual arts between two or more works of art from different artists/cultures (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3. Know how to communicate in various visual, oral, and written formats. (FA 2)

IV.B.3.a. Describe works of art in ways that show knowledge of organizational principles and context (personal, social, cultural, historical) (1.9) (FA 2, 5)

IV.B.3.b. Apply subjects, symbols and ideas in their artworks and use the skills gained to solve problems in daily life (3.3) (FA 1, 5)

IV.B.4. Know about career opportunities in the visual arts. (FA 2)

IV.B.4.a. Understand that individuals 'make their living' as producing painters, graphic artists, designers, craftspeople, museum curators, restorers, art critics, etc. (4.8) (FA 1)

MO.IV.C. Visual Arts (Aesthetics Strand): Through examination of their own work and that of other people, times, and places, students learn to unravel the essence of artwork and to appraise its purpose and value. Students continue to learn about and develop their own criteria for analyzing and responding to art.

IV.C.1. Know processes for posing questions that effectively examine works of art. (FA 3)

IV.C.1.a. Explain and defend personal responses to works of art (2.2; 4.1) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.b. Illustrate how responses to artworks may be both positive and negative. (2.3) (FA 3)

IV.C.1.c. Describe meanings of artworks by analyzing how specific works are created and how they relate to historical and cultural contexts (2.4; 4.1) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.1.d. Identify intentions of those creating artworks, explore the implications of various purposes and justify their analyses of purposes in particular works (3.6) (FA 3, 5)

IV.C.2. Know that art works may be classified as representational, nonobjective, or abstract. (FA 3)

IV.C.2.a. Examine artworks for comparison among theme, style, and subject matter (1.10) (FA 2, 3, 4, 5)

IV.C.3. Know more sophisticated ideas about visual relationships. (FA 3)

IV.C.3.a. Analyze relationships between form, function, and media in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.3.b. Compare and contrast visual and tactile qualities in works of art (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4. Know processes for evaluating artists character and aesthetic qualities in works of art, nature, and human-made environments. (FA 3)

IV.C.4.a. Compare the visual qualities of varied manufactured products (1.6) (FA 2)

IV.C.4.b. Reflect analytically on various interpretations as a means for understanding and evaluating works of visual art (1.7) (FA 3)

IV.C.5. Know the nature of human involvement in art as viewers, creators, and participants. (FA 3)

IV.C.5.a. Discuss why people create (2.4) (FA 3)

IV.C.5.b. Identify and discuss visual images used for communication (1.5; 2.4) (FA 2, 5)

IV.C.5.c. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient confidence and sensitivity so that their intentions can be carried out in speaking or writing (2.1; 2.5) (FA1, 3)

MO.IV.D. Visual Arts (Product/Performance Strand): In grades 9-12, students develop deeper and more profound works of visual art that reflect the maturation of their creative and problem-solving skills. As a component of the Product/Performance strand, students at the high school level continue to develop skills in use of media, techniques, technology, and processes. They study the structures and functions (elements and principles) of art.

IV.D.1. Know how to employ two- and three-dimensional processes at a more sophisticated level. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.1.a. Demonstrate control of art media in a way that emphasizes good craftsmanship (3.2) (FA 1)

IV.D.1.b. Successfully demonstrate a variety of two-dimensional art techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.c. Successfully demonstrate a variety of three-dimensional art techniques using a variety of additive and subtractive processes to connect/ combine materials (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.d. Use a variety of techniques (drawing, computers) that demonstrate the use of lines, shapes, forms, and depict the illusion of depth (space) (2.5; 2.7) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.e. Demonstrate competency in a printmaking technique. (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.f. Successfully demonstrate a variety of painting techniques (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.1.g. Produce a graphic design that demonstrates effective use of motifs (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2. Know how to organize the elements and principles of art. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.2.a. Create effective compositions using specified structures and functions (2.5; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.2.b. Create artworks that use organizational principles and functions to solve specific visual arts problems. (2.2; 2.5; 3.1; 3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.3. Know how to employ a wide range of subject matter, symbols, and meaningful images into their artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.3.a. Identify a variety of sources for ideas and demonstrate how these sources help produce new ideas. (3.4; 4.4) (FA 3, 4)

IV.D.4. Know how the visual arts can be used to reflect their feelings and ideas.

IV.D.4.a. Independently select appropriate materials, tools, and processes to express feelings (1.10; 3.1) (FA 1)

IV.D.4.b. Apply media, techniques, and processes with sufficient skill, confidence, and sensitivity so that their intentions are carried out in their artworks (3.2; 3.3) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.5. Know how to employ a higher level of ability to evaluate their own artworks. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.5.a. Evaluate the effectiveness of artworks in terms of organizational structures and functions. (2.4; 3.4; 3.7) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.5.b. Demonstrate the ability to form and defend judgments about the characteristics and structures to accomplish commercial, personal, communal, or other purposes of art (1.9; 2.4) (FA 2, 3)

IV.D.6. Know the multifaceted interplay of different media, styles, and forms. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.6.a. Demonstrate, analyze, and explain multiple solutions to an intended outcome (2.1; 2.2) (FA 1, 3)

IV.D.6.b. Conceive and create works of visual art that demonstrate an understanding of how the communication of their ideas relates to the media, techniques, and processes they use (2.5; 3.6) (FA 1, 2)

IV.D.6.c. Effectively prepare artworks for display (2.1; 4.6) ( FA 1)

IV.D.7. Know the techniques and processes used in the creation of their artwork. (FA 1, 4)

IV.D.7.a. Identify and describe problems encountered in art production and develop/demonstrate solutions (3.1; 4.6) (FA 1)

more info